Civil Code of Seychelles Act (Chapter 33)
Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 2020 (Act 1 of 2021)
.Seychelles
Civil Code of Seychelles Act
Chapter 33
-
Commenced on 1 January 1976
- [This is the version of this document at 31 December 2015.]
-
[Repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 2020 on 1 July 2021]
In this Act, unless the context otherwise requires—"appointed date" means the 1st day of January, 1976;"Civil Code of Seychelles" means the Code set out in the First Schedule;"enactment" means any Act, arrêtté, proclamation or regulations, and includes rules of court;"existing Code" means the Civil Code of the French referred to in section 4;"this Act" includes the Civil Code of Seychelles; Subject to the provisions of this Act, the Civil Code of Seychelles shall come into operation on the appointed date. The Civil Code of the French, promulgated by the Arrête of 21st April 1808 (Decaen No. 168) as set out in Chapter 53 of the Laws of Seychelles, 1971 Edition, and all amendments thereto, shall cease to have effect in Seychelles. Save as provided in section 7, where there is any inconsistency between any provision of this Act and any provision in an enactment in force immediately prior to the appointed date, the provision of this Act shall prevail. The Interpretation and General Provisions Act shall, subject to the provisions of this Act, apply in relation to the interpretation of this Act but shall not apply in relation to the Civil Code of Seychelles, which shall be read and construed for all purposes in accordance with the rules of interpretation set out therein. [Note: The numbering of the articles of the Civil Code of Seychelles is intended, so far as possible, to correspond with the articles of the existing Code. Articles which exist only in number and which are described as repealed are intended to account for articles in the existing Code (as set out in the Fourth Schedule to this Act) which have no equivalent in the Civil Code of Seychelles or which have been repealed by the relevant Acts referred to in the Civil Code of Seychelles.] The source of the civil law shall be the civil Code of Seychelles and other laws from time to time enacted. Judicial decisions shall not be absolutely binding upon a Court but shall enjoy a high persuasive authority from which a Court shall only depart for good reason. It shall be forbidden to exclude the rules of public policy by private agreement. Rules of public policy need not be expressly stated. [repealed by Civil Code (Amendment) Act. (1971 Ed.)] [repealed by Civil Code (Amendment) Act. (1971 Ed.)] [repealed by Civil Code (Amendment) Act. (1971 Ed.)] [repealed by Civil Code (Amendment) Act. (1971 Ed.)] [repealed by Civil Code (Amendment) Act. (1971 Ed.)] [repealed by Domicile Act. S.3. Cap.] [repealed by Civil Code (Amendment) Act. (1971 Ed.)] [repealed by Civil Code (Amendment) Act. (1971 Ed.)] When one of the parties to a civil action is a non-resident, the Court may, at the request of the other party, and for good reason, make an order requiring such a non-resident to give security for costs and for any damages which may be awarded against him. [repealed by Civil Code (Amendment) Act. (1971 Ed.)] [repealed by Civil Code (Amendment) Act. (1971 Ed.)] [repealed by Civil Code (Amendment) Act. (1971 Ed.)] [repealed by Civil Code (Amendment) Act. (1971 Ed.)] [repealed by Civil Code (Amendment) Act. (1971 Ed.)] [repealed by Civil Code (Amendment) Act. (1971 Ed.)] [repealed by Civil Code (Amendment) Act. (1971 Ed.)] [repealed by Civil Code (Amendment) Act. (1971 Ed.)] [repealed by Civil Code (Amendment) Act. (1971 Ed.)] [repealed by Civil Code (Amendment) Act. (1971 Ed.)] [repealed by Civil Code (Amendment) Act. (1971 Ed.)] [repealed by Civil Code (Amendment) Act. (1971 Ed.)] [repealed by Civil Code (Amendment) Act. (1971 Ed.)] [repealed by Civil Code (Amendment) Act. (1971 Ed.)] [repealed by Civil Code (Amendment) Act. (1971 Ed.)] [repealed by Civil Code (Amendment) Act. (1971 Ed.)] [repealed by Civil Code (Amendment) Act. (1971 Ed.)] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [ repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Civil Status Act.] [repealed by Domicile Act.] [repealed by Domicile Act.] [repealed by Domicile Act.] [repealed by Domicile Act.] [repealed by Domicile Act.] [repealed by Domicile Act.] [repealed by Domicile Act.] [repealed by Domicile Act.] [repealed by Domicile Act.] [repealed by Presumption of Deaths Act.] [repealed by Presumption of Deaths Act.] [repealed by Presumption of Deaths Act.] [repealed by Presumption of Deaths Act.] [repealed by Presumption of Deaths Act.] [repealed by Presumption of Deaths Act.] [repealed by Presumption of Deaths Act.] [repealed by Presumption of Deaths Act.] [repealed by Presumption of Deaths Act. Cap. 178.] [repealed by Presumption of Deaths Act. Cap. 178.] [repealed by Presumption of Deaths Act. Cap. 178.] [repealed by Presumption of Deaths Act. Cap. 178.] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule 1] [repealed by Presumption of Deaths Act.] [repealed by Presumption of Deaths Act.] [repealed by Presumption of Deaths Act.] Persons who have been granted provisional control shall not convey or mortgage any part of the immovable property of the persons declared absent. [repealed by Presumption of Deaths Act.] [repealed by Presumption of Deaths Act.] [repealed by Presumption of Deaths Act.] [repealed by Presumption of Deaths Act.] [repealed by Presumption of Deaths Act.] After a judicial declaration of absence or death, claims against a person so declared shall only be enforceable against those who have been granted legal control of the property. Any party claiming the benefit of a right that has accrued to a person who has been declared absent, must prove that the said person was alive at the time when the right arose: in default of such proof, his claim shall be declared to be inadmissible. If a succession devolves upon a person who has been declared absent, it shall devolve exclusively upon such other persons as may jointly with him be entitled to succeed. In the absence of such persons, the succession shall devolve upon those entitled in his place. The provisions of the two foregoing articles shall not affect the right to maintain an action for the recovery of an inheritance, or to claim other rights to which a person declared absent or his representatives or assigns are entitled. Such actions and rights shall only be extinguished by the lapse of time required for prescription. So long as the absentee does not re-appear or any rights of action are not exercised on his behalf, those upon whom the succession has devolved, shall be entitled to any profit and income received in good faith. [repealed by Presumption of Deaths Act.] If a spouse declared absent has not left any relatives qualified to succeed him, the other spouse shall be entitled to claim the provisional control of the property. If the father has disappeared leaving minor children, born of his marriage to the mother, she shall have the custody of the children and shall exercise all the rights of the husband pertaining to their education and the administration of their property. After a period of six months since the disappearance of the father, if the mother was dead at the time of such disappearance or if she dies before the judicial declaration of disappearance, the custody of the children of the marriage shall be granted by the Court to a provisional guardian pending the appointment of a guardian. The same rule shall apply if one of the spouses that disappeared has left minor children from a previous marriage. [repealed by Civil Status Act. Schedule A] [repealed by Civil Status Act. Schedule A] [repealed by Civil Status Act. Schedule A] [repealed by Civil Status Act. Schedule A] [repealed by Civil Status Act. Schedule A] [repealed by Civil Status Act. Schedule A] [repealed by Civil Status Act. Schedule A] [repealed by Civil Status Act. Schedule A] [repealed by Civil Status Act. Schedule A] [repealed by Civil Status Act. Schedule A] [repealed by Civil Status Act. Schedule A] [repealed by Civil Status Act. Schedule A] [repealed by Civil Status Act. Schedule A] [repealed by Civil Status Act. Schedule A] [repealed by Civil Status Act. Schedule A] [repealed by Civil Status Act. Schedule A] [repealed by Civil Status Act. Schedule A] [repealed by Civil Status Act. Schedule A] [repealed by Civil Status Act. Schedule A] [repealed by Civil Status Act. Schedule A] [repealed by Civil Status Act. Schedule A] [repealed by Civil Status Act. Schedule A] [repealed by Civil Status Act. Schedule A] [repealed by Civil Status Act. Schedule A] [repealed by Civil Status Act. Schedule A] [repealed by Civil Status Act. Schedule A] [repealed by Civil Status Act. Schedule A] [repealed by Civil Status Act. Schedule A] [repealed by Civil Status Act. Schedule A. Cap. 34.] [repealed by Civil Status Act. Schedule A. Cap. 34.] [repealed by Civil Status Act. Schedule A. Cap. 34.] [repealed by Civil Status Act. Schedule A. Cap. 34.] [repealed by Civil Status Act. Schedule A. Cap. 34.] [repealed by Civil Status Act. Schedule A. Cap. 34.] [repealed by Civil Status Act. Schedule A. Cap. 34.] [repealed by Civil Status Act. Schedule A. Cap. 34.] [repealed by Matrimonial Causes Act. Schedule 1. (1971 Ed.)] [repealed by Matrimonial Causes Act. Schedule 1. (1971 Ed.)] [repealed by Matrimonial Causes Act. Schedule 1. (1971 Ed.)] [repealed by Matrimonial Causes Act. Schedule 1. (1971 Ed.)] [repealed by Matrimonial Causes Act. Schedule 1. (1971 Ed.)] [repealed by Matrimonial Causes Act. Schedule 1. (1971 Ed.)] [repealed by Matrimonial Causes Act. Schedule 1. (1971 Ed.)] [repealed by Matrimonial Causes Act. Schedule 1. (1971 Ed.)] [repealed by Matrimonial Causes Act. Schedule 1. (1971 Ed.)] [repealed by Matrimonial Causes Act. Schedule 1. (1971 Ed.)] [repealed by Matrimonial Causes Act. Schedule 1. (1971 Ed.)] [repealed by Matrimonial Causes Act. Schedule 1. (1971 Ed.)] [repealed by Matrimonial Causes Act. Schedule 1. (1971 Ed.)] [repealed by Matrimonial Causes Act. Schedule 1. (1971 Ed.)] The fact that the spouses are commonly reputed to enjoy marital status shall not relieve such alleged spouses, respectively claiming the benefit of such status, from producing the certificate of marriage performed before an officer of civil status. Nevertheless, if in the case of articles 194 and 195 there are children born to two persons who have openly lived as husband and wife and who are both dead, the legitimacy of such children shall not be disputed merely on the ground that the certificate of marriage cannot be produced, provided that the legitimacy of the children is proved by the existence of marital status of the parents and is not disproved by a certificate of birth. When the proof of the celebration of a marriage is established by a judgment of a criminal Court, the entry of such judgment into the register of civil status shall bring into operation, as from the day of celebration, all the civil effects of the marriage, both in relation to the spouses as well as in relation to the children of such marriage. If the spouses, or one of them, have died without discovering the fraud, criminal proceedings may be initiated at the instance of any person interested in having the marriage declared valid as well by the Attorney-General. If the officer of civil status was dead when the fraud was discovered, the proceedings shall be conducted in a civil Court by the Attorney-General against the heirs in the presence of the interested parties and at their instance. The spouses jointly, by the mere fact of the marriage, undertake the obligation to maintain and bring up their children. A child is not entitled to enforce by a legal action against his father or mother a right to be set up in marriage or business or in any other way. Maintenance shall only be granted in proportion to the needs of the claimant and the means of the party under the obligation. If a person under an obligation to provide maintenance can show that he cannot pay any allowance, the Court, after considering all the facts of the case, may order that he shall receive in his house, maintain and provide for the person to whom maintenance is due. The Court shall, in the same manner, decide whether the father or the mother who offers to receive, maintain and provide in his house for the child to whom maintenance is due can be exempted from paying an allowance. The Spouses owe to each other faithfulness, support, assistance and care. [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule 1] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule 1] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule 1] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule 1] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule 1] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule 1] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule 1] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule 1] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule 1] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule 1] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule 1] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule 1] A marriage shall be dissolved: [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule 1] [repealed by Matrimonial Causes Act. Schedule 1. (1971 Ed.)] [repealed by Matrimonial Causes Act. Schedule 1. (1971 Ed.)] [repealed by Matrimonial Causes Act. Schedule 1. (1971 Ed.)] [repealed by Matrimonial Causes Act. Schedule 1. (1971 Ed.)] [repealed by Matrimonial Causes Act. Schedule 1. (1971 Ed.)] [repealed by Matrimonial Causes Act. Schedule 1. (1971 Ed.)] If the husband dies before entering his objection, the heirs may contest the legitimacy of the child within two months from the time when that child is put in possession of the property of the husband or from the time when the possession of the heirs has been disturbed by the child. [repealed by Matrimonial Causes Act. Schedule II. (1971 Ed.)] The descent of legitimate children shall be proved by the acts of birth registered in the register of civil status. In the absence of such an act, the constant possession of the status of a legitimate child shall be sufficient. No one may claim a status contrary to that which his act of birth confers upon him or to the possession of status corresponding to it.Conversely, no one may contest the status of a person who has possession thereof corresponding to his act of birth. In the absence of an act of birth and possession of status, or if the child is registered under false names or as a child of unknown parents, proof of descent may be adduced by oral evidence.Nevertheless, such evidence shall not be admissible unless there is writing providing initial proof or unless the presumptions or identifications arising from later facts of a permanent character, are sufficiently strong to warrant acceptance. The writing providing initial proof may consist of family documents of title, registers and family papers of the father or mother, public documents and even private documents emanating from one of the parties to the dispute, or from a deceased party that would have had an interest therein had he been alive. Proof of the contrary may be adduced by all the means tending to establish that the claimant is not the child of the mother he claims to be, or even, if the link of maternity be proved, that he is not the child of the husband of his mother. The Courts having civil or criminal jurisdiction shall have jurisdiction to decide claims relating to status. [repealed by Civil Status Act. Schedule A] There shall be no prescription with regard to the right of a child to establish his status.[Please note: numbering as in original.] Proceedings to establish status may not be brought by the heirs of the child unless he died while he was a minor or within five years from attaining majority. The heirs may continue such proceedings if they were started by the child, unless the latter formally stopped them, or unless he had failed to pursue such proceedings for three years as from the last procedural step taken. Legitimation may take place after the death of a child; if it has left any issue, legitimation shall benefit such issue. Children legitimated by a subsequent marriage shall have the same rights as if born of such marriage. The recognition of an illegitimate child shall be made by an authentic document, if it has not been made in the act of birth.It may also be made by a declaration signed or marked before a Judge, a Magistrate, a civil status officer or the Registrar of the Supreme Court. (Sch. 4/16/1982) Such recognition may take place for the benefit of all children, even if born of an incestuous or adulterous relationship. The recognition by the father without any reference to and an admission by the mother shall only have effect with regard to the father. A recognition made during marriage by one of the spouses in favour of an illegitimate child born to him and a person other than his spouse prior to his marriage shall not affect the rights of such spouse nor the rights of children born of the marriage, except as provided by this Code. The rights of an illegitimate child shall be assimilated in so far as possible with those of a legitimate child. The rights of succession of illegitimate children are regulated in the Title Succession. The recognition by a father or mother and all claims on the part of the child may be contested by all those having a lawful interest therein. Proof of maternal descent is allowed. A child who claims such descent shall be bound to prove the confinement of the mother and his identity with the child of whom she was delivered. Proof of maternal descent shall carry with it, without prejudice to any special stipulations, the obligation to maintain and educate the child. [repealed by Adoption Act. section 23. (Cap. 87 1971 Ed.)] [repealed by Adoption Act. section 23. (Cap. 87 1971 Ed.)] [repealed by Adoption Act. section 23. (Cap. 87 1971 Ed.)] [repealed by Adoption Act. section 23. (Cap. 87 1971 Ed.)] [repealed by Adoption Act. section 23. (Cap. 87 1971 Ed.)] [repealed by Adoption Act. section 23. (Cap. 87 1971 Ed.)] [repealed by Adoption Act. section 23. (Cap. 87 1971 Ed.)] [repealed by Adoption Act. section 23. (Cap. 87 1971 Ed.)] [repealed by Adoption Act. section 23. (Cap. 87 1971 Ed.)] [repealed by Adoption Act. section 23. (Cap. 87 1971 Ed.)] [repealed by Adoption Act. section 23. (Cap. 87 1971 Ed.)] [repealed by Adoption Act. section 23. (Cap. 87 1971 Ed.)] [repealed by Adoption Act. section 23. (Cap. 87 1971 Ed.)] [repealed by Adoption Act. section 23. (Cap. 87 1971 Ed.)] [repealed by Adoption Act. section 23. (Cap. 87 1971 Ed.)] [repealed by Adoption Act. section 23. (Cap. 87 1971 Ed.)] [repealed by Adoption Act. section 23. (Cap. 87 1971 Ed.)] [repealed by Adoption Act. section 23. (Cap. 87 1971 Ed.)] [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule] [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule] [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule] [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule] [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule] [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule] [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule] [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule] [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule] [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule] A child during his minority owes honour and respect to his father and mother. [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] A child shall not leave the parental home without permission from his parents until he reaches the age of eighteen. If the parents are unable to exercise any control over the child or young person they may apply to the Court for an order. The Court shall make such orders as it thinks fit in the circumstances, having regard to the interest of the child. The Court may also order that the parents should make an appropriate contribution to the maintenance of the child or young person; it may also give instructions regarding any property of the child. The Attorney-General may also at his discretion and in the interest of the child or young person bring such a person, being beyond control, before the Court for an order as in the preceding article.The Attorney-General shall also have full powers to intervene in any proceedings before the Court relating to a child or young person, who is alleged to be beyond control. [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975. Fourth Schedule] [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975. Fourth Schedule] [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975. Fourth Schedule] [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975. Fourth Schedule] [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975. Fourth Schedule] [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975. Fourth Schedule] The provisions of articles 375 and 376 shall apply to all parents having custody of their children, whether such children are legitimate or not. The father and mother during marriage, or, after the dissolution of the marriage the surviving spouse, shall have the enjoyment of the property of their children until they reach the age of eighteen, or until emancipation if this occurs earlier. The conditions of this enjoyment shall be: A parent against whom a decree of divorce has been pronounced shall not have the enjoyment of his children's property. This right shall not extend to the property which the children may acquire through work or skill, or to property granted or bequeathed on the express condition that the parents shall not enjoy it. A minor is a person of either sex who has not yet reached the full age of eighteen. After the dissolution of marriage caused by the death of either of the spouses, the guardianship of minor children who have not been emancipated shall belong as of right to the surviving spouse. [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule 1] A person entitled to appoint a guardian of minor children may do so— [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule] [repealed by Status of Married Woman Act. Schedule 1] [repealed by Status of Married Woman Act. Schedule 1] Parties by the Parents A guardian appointed by the parents or the survivor of them may be a relative or a stranger. This right shall only be exercised in accordance with the forms provided in article 392. [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule 1] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule 1] The guardian appointed by the father or mother shall not be bound to accept the guardianship.If the guardian who is appointed does not wish to act, the Court shall have authority either to compel him to act or to appoint another.If no one is appointed, or in proceedings relating to the appointment of a guardian, the Attorney-General shall be entitled to intervene. When no guardian is appointed to a minor by his parents or the survivor of them, the guardian shall be appointed by the Court.The Court shall have power to appoint any person or persons, having regard to the rights of paternal and maternal ascendants. Nevertheless the paramount consideration shall be the interest of the child.If no one is appointed, the Attorney-General shall exercise the power conferred upon him by the preceding article. [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule] [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule] [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule] [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule] If a minor has property abroad, the guardian may request the Court to appoint a co-guardian capable of dealing with such property.Conversely, if a minor under guardianship resident outside Seychelles, has property in Seychelles, at the request of the interested parties, the Court may appoint a co-guardian.Such a co-guardian shall be subject to the same rights and duties as a guardian of a minor in Seychelles. He shall also be subject to the full jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of Seychelles. The guardian in his capacity as such shall act and administer the property as from the day he enters into his functions, if he is a guardian as of right. If he is appointed by the Court, as from the date of his appointment if he is present, or if not, as from the day on which he is notified of his appointment. Guardianship is a personal function which is not transmissible to the heirs of a guardian. However, as heirs they shall be responsible for the day to day administration and other duties of the deceased guardian until a new guardian is appointed. When the interests of the guardian are in conflict with those of the minor, a sub-guardian shall be appointed by the Court. His duty shall be to protect the interests of the minor. He shall act only in relation to the issue or issues in respect of which there is a conflict of interests; when the conflict is resolved, he shall account to the Court for his administration.The Court, at the conclusion of the hearing, shall be entitled, if it thinks fit, to grant a sub-guardian a complete discharge from his functions. A sub-guardian may also be appointed if a guardian is absent or otherwise incapacitated, and if no provision has been made for the minor or his property during that time.The sub-guardian shall be liable to the minor for any damage which may occur in consequence of his neglect or omission to comply with his proper functions. [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule] [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule] [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule] [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule] Certain persons holding certain offices or subject to certain disabilities may be exempted from acting as guardians. Except in the case of disabilities, no one shall be deprived without good cause of his right to be a guardian of his own children. The following persons shall be exempt from being guardians:Judges of the Supreme Court, the Attorney-General and other law officers; any officers of Court who are in a position to make decisions relating to issues before the Court; citizens holding a public office under which they may be called upon to make decisions with regard to the guardianship; military personnel on active service or citizens posted outside Seychelles. Persons who were capable of acting as guardians when appointed may apply to the Court to be released from their functions if they are subsequently appointed in any one of the cases enumerated in the preceding article. Such persons shall be released subject to the conditions imposed by the Court.A person so released may apply to be appointed again, if he has resumed the status that allows him to be a guardian. The Court, however, shall have discretion to decide whether to accede to such request. Any person who is appointed by a Court as guardian may seek exemption. Such exemption may be granted by the Court for good reason. [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule] [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule] A person aged sixty-five or over may refuse to act as guardian. If appointed before that age, he may continue until he reaches the age of seventy or he may ask the Court to release him when he reaches the age of sixty-five. A person suffering from a severe infirmity, duly established, shall be exempted from guardianship. If the infirmity is subsequent to his appointment, he may be released. A person who is entrusted with the guardianship of two children shall be entitled to refuse the guardianship of a third child.A person who, as husband or father, acts as a guardian shall not be compelled to accept the guardianship of another child, unless it be his own. Persons who have five legitimate children may be exempt from a guardianship other than that of the said children. The birth of children to the guardian in the course of his guardianship shall not be a ground of resignation therefrom. [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule] A guardian who does not want to accept his appointment shall communicate to the Court the reasons for his refusal. If he has valid grounds to refuse, the Court shall release him as from such date as the Court may decide. If the Court finds that he has no valid grounds he may be made to pay the costs of the proceedings.Any person with an interest and the Attorney-General shall be entitled to be heard in such proceedings.A person appointed guardian by a Court must act until formally released. [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule] [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule] The following persons shall not be guardians: Where any person convicted of an offence under any law is sentenced to a term of imprisonment exceeding five years, he shall cease to be eligible for appointment to the office of guardian, and if he holds such office, he shall forthwith be deprived thereof. He shall not be eligible to hold such office for a period of five years after the expiry of the sentence imposed.In other cases the Court may, on the application of any interested party or the Attorney-General, order that any person sentenced to imprisonment shall be excluded from holding such office or, as the case may be, deprived thereof:Provided that an application to deprive a person of such office shall be made within six months from the date of his conviction, and an application to exclude a person from holding such office shall be made within five years from the date of expiry of the sentence. The following persons shall be ineligible as guardians, or if appointed, they shall be liable to removal: [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule] The Court, in dealing with an application for the removal of a guardian, shall give an opportunity to the guardian to be heard if he objects to his removal.A person so removed may be compelled to pay the costs of the proceedings.The Court, if it decides to remove a guardian, shall give its reasons. In proceedings for the removal of a guardian, the Court shall have power to consider at the same time the appointment of another guardian. [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule] Within ten days following the formal entry of the guardian into his functions, he shall apply for the removal of the seals affixed, if any, upon the property and proceed to draw up an inventory of the property of the minor, both of which shall take place in the presence of a notary.If anything is due to him by the minor, he shall enter it into the inventory under penalty of forfeiture; the notary shall also ask him whether the minor owes anything to him; the declaration of the guardian shall be recorded in the report drawn up by the notary. As long as the father and mother have the personal and legal use of the property they are not bound to sell any movable furniture. If they decide to keep it, they shall return it in kind. In such case, they shall cause a proper valuation of such furniture to be made at their own expense by an expert, who shall be appointed by the Court and shall be sworn in by the Registrar of the Supreme Court. They shall pay the estimated value of all movables which they are unable to return in kind. Before a guardian other than a father or mother enters into his functions, the Court shall settle, on the basis of an estimate or a rough valuation of the property involved, the yearly expenditure of the minor as well as the expenditure of the administration of his property.This may be done by the Court as part of the proceedings of nomination of a guardian.The Court shall also specify whether the guardian shall be authorised to seek the assistance of one or more salaried administrators who shall act under the authority of the guardianThe Court may decide that the property be delivered to a Bank or other reputable financial institution in the form of a fiduciary fund. [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule] If the guardian has failed to invest within a reasonable time any sum which ought to have been invested, he shall owe interest on that sum. [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule] Article 457 shall not apply to a case where the Court orders the sale through the Court of property held by a fiduciary on behalf of co-owners whose shares have been converted into money claims. A guardian shall only be able to accept a succession consisting of movable property only on behalf of a minor, subject to the benefit of an inventory. He may accept such a succession without such benefit with the permission of the Court. If the succession contains immovable property the distribution shall be regulated by Section VII of Chapter V of Title II of Book III of this Code. Whenever a succession of movable property which has been repudiated on behalf of the minor has not been accepted by another person, the guardian may later revive the claim thereto. The claims may also be revived by the minor who has reached majority or who has been emancipated. But such succession may only be claimed in the state in which it happens to be when so reclaimed, and any sales and other transactions which have been legally effected while the inheritance was vacant, shall not be attacked. A guardian may freely accept a gift on behalf of the minor. It shall have the same effect as regards a minor as it has in regard to a person of full age. A guardian shall require no authorisation from any source to bring an action in respect of the right of the minor to immovable property.However, he may only admit claims of other parties in respect of such rights within the terms of article 457. [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule] [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule] [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule] When a minor under guardianship is alleged to be beyond control, the guardian shall apply to the Court in the same manner as the father or mother. Every guardian shall file in the registry of the Supreme Court annual statements of the account of his management. Such statements shall be drawn up, verified by affidavit and furnished free of all costs and duties.Any person interested may inspect the statements so filed by the guardian with the permission of a Judge in chambers.The Court or the Attorney-General may order a statement of account for any lesser period or for a specific transaction. The final account of the guardianship shall be delivered at the expense of the minor when he has reached majority or has been emancipated. The guardian shall advance the costs of same. The guardian shall be allowed all expenses properly incurred and the object of which was useful. An agreement between the guardian and the minor who has come of age shall be null if it has not been preceded by a statement of accounts and the handing over of the receipts thereof; the whole, evidenced by a written acknowledgement from the person to whom the account has to be rendered, at least ten days before the agreement. If there is a dispute as to the account, such dispute shall be dealt with and decided in the same manner as any other civil dispute. The balance due by the guardian shall bear interest without formal demand, and shall be calculated from the day of the closing of the accounts. The interest on what is due to the guardian by the minor only begins to run after the closing of the accounts, and from the day on which payment is demanded. An action by the minor against his guardian, relating to the guardianship, shall be barred five years after the minor has reached majority. A minor shall be emancipated as of right upon his marriage. [repealed by Age of majority Act. section 3. Cap. 4] [repealed by Age of majority Act. section 3. Cap. 4] [repealed by Age of majority Act. section 3. Cap. 4] The account of the guardianship shall be rendered to the emancipated minor as provided by Section IX of Chapter II of this Title. The emancipated minor shall have full legal capacity in the same manner as a person of full age.Nevertheless, with regard to marriage, he shall be subject to the rules that would have applied if he had not been emancipated. The emancipated minor shall cease to be under the authority of his father and mother. They shall no longer be liable by operation of law for any damage caused by the emancipated minor subsequent to his emancipation. [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule. Cap. 33] [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule. Cap. 33] [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule. Cap. 33] [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule. Cap. 33] The emancipated minor may engage in commerce as a person of full age if he has been specially authorised by the Court. Majority shall be attained at the full age of eighteen years. At that age persons shall have full legal capacity. A person of full age who is habitually feeble minded, insane or a lunatic, shall be interdicted, even if he has lucid intervals. When the application for interdiction is not made at the instance of the Attorney-General, a copy of the petition shall be served on him and the matter shall be referred to him in accordance with the provisions of section 151 of the Seychelles Code of Civil Procedure (Cap. 213). The respondent may file a written answer. The Court may, in its entire discretion and at any stage of the proceedings before judgment— The Court shall not be bound by any opinion expressed by the guardian. No judgment shall be vitiated or rendered invalid on account of any error, omission or irregularity in the proceedings arising from or depending upon the provisions of the three preceding articles unless such error, omission or irregularity has in fact occasioned a miscarriage of justice. Proceedings for interdiction shall take place in chambers unless the Court orders otherwise. At any time after a petition for interdiction has been filed the Court may appoint a person to act provisionally as guardian of the person and property of the respondent. The Chief Justice may, with the approval of the Minister, make rules for more effectively carrying out the provisions contained in this Chapter. If the Court rejects the request for interdiction, the Court shall, nevertheless, be empowered, if the circumstances require it, to order that the respondent shall no longer be allowed to compromise, borrow, receive any capital, or give receipts therefor, alienate or mortgage his property, without the assistance of a person, who shall be appointed in the same judgment. In the case of an appeal from the judgment of a Court of first instance, the Court of Appeal shall be empowered, at its discretion, to examine the person whose interdiction is requested or to have him examined by a person appointed for the purpose. A decree or judgment ordering interdiction or nominating a person to assist the interdicted person shall be issued, served upon the party and posted, within ten days, on the notice boards of Court rooms and notarial offices. It shall also be published in the Gazette. The interdiction or the appointment of a person to look after the interests of a person in need of such assistance under article 499 shall have effect as from the day of judgment. All legal acts executed subsequently by the interdicted person or the person in need of protection, as provided by article 499, shall be null by operation of law. Legal acts executed prior to the interdiction may be annulled if the ground of interdiction would have been obvious to a reasonable man at the time when the acts were executed. After the death of a person, the acts executed by him shall not be challenged on the ground of insanity unless the interdiction had been ordered before his death or unless the proof of insanity consists of the very act which is challenged. The Supreme Court may appoint a temporary sub-guardian to a person who is interdicted during the absence from Seychelles of the guardian. The interdicted person is assimilated to a minor, both in regard to his person and to his property; the laws relating to the guardianship of minors shall apply to the guardianship of interdicted persons. The income of an interdicted person shall, in principle, be employed to improve his condition and speed up his recovery. According to the nature of the disease and the amount of his property, the Court may decide whether he shall be treated in his home or placed in a mental home or even in a hospital. When the marriage of the child of an interdicted person is contemplated, any property settlements that may be made shall be subject to the approval of the Court which shall hear, in this respect, any submissions from the Attorney General. The interdiction shall cease when the grounds which gave rise to it have disappeared; nevertheless, the lifting of the interdiction shall only be effective if the forms laid down for the interdiction are observed.The interdicted person shall only be allowed to recover his rights after the judgment lifting the interdiction. Spend thrifts may be forbidden to engage in litigation, to compromise legal rights, to borrow, to receive any capital and to give a valid discharge therefor or to transfer or mortgage their property without the assistance of a curator appointed by the Court. The prohibition to perform legal acts without the assistance of a curator may be ordered at the instance of persons having a lawful interest to petition for interdiction; their petition shall be heard and decided upon in the same manner as an interdiction. Such prohibition shall only be lifted by following the same procedure and forms as for an interdiction. [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule] All property shall be distinguished into movable or immovable. Property is immovable either by its nature or by its destination or by reason of the purpose which it serves. Land and buildings are immovable by nature. Windmills or water-mills affixed upon pillars and forming part of the building, are also immovable by their nature. Copse and forest trees regularly felled do not become movable except when so felled. Livestock, which the owner of land delivers to a farmer or a tenant on a share-basis for the purpose of cultivating the land, whether the value of such livestock has been taken into account or not, shall be held to be immovable for as long as it remains bound to the land by virtue of the contract.Livestock leased to persons other than a farmer or a tenant on a share-basis in movable. Pipes which supply water to a house or other land are immovable and form part of the property to which they are attached. Immovable by reason of the purpose to which they apply are:A usufruct relating to immovable property;Easements;Actions to recover immovable property. Property is movable by nature or by reason of a provision of the law.[Please note: numbering as in original.] Movable by their nature are things which can move from one place to another, either by their own accord, such as animals, or as a result of the use of extraneous force, such as inanimate things. Movable by reason of a provision in the law shall be the legal obligations and actions which relate to claims for sums due or to chattels or the shares of or interest in financial, commercial and industrial undertakings even though such undertakings own the immovable property which they control. Such shares or interests shall be deemed to be movable only with regard to each shareholder and for as long as the company remains in existence.Movable by reason of a provision in the law shall also be bonds or life annuities, whether issued by a public authority or by an individual. An annuity established in perpetuity which represents the price of the sale of an immovable, or is a condition for the transfer, gratuitously or for value, of immovable property, shall be redeemable.Nevertheless, the creditor shall be free to determine the terms and conditions of the redemption.He may also stipulate that the annuity shall not be redeemable before a certain term, which in no circumstances shall exceed thirty years; any provision to the contrary shall be null. Ships, ferry-boats, vessels, floating mills, floating docks, and, generally, all machinery not affixed upon pillars and not forming part of a building, shall be movable: distraint, however, of some of these objects because of their importance may be subject to special forms as provided by law. Materials from the demolition of a building, or gathered for the erection of another, are movable until used by the workers in a structure. The word movable used on its own in statutory provisions, or in a private document, without any other additions or designation, shall not include cash, precious stones, debts due, books, medals, scientific instruments, professional or trade tools, clothes, horses, vehicles, arms, grains, wines, hay and other produce; neither shall it include anything which forms part of the stock in trade. The words movable furniture shall only include furniture for the use and decoration of flats, such as tapestry, bedding, chairs, mirrors, clocks, china and other suchlike objects.Pictures and statues, which form part of the furniture of a flat shall also be included. Picture collections which could be displayed in picture galleries or exhibition rooms shall be excluded.The same rule shall apply to china; only china that forms part of the decoration of a flat shall be included under the term 'movable furniture'. The terms movable property, furniture or movable effects shall generally include all objects that are defined as movable by the aforementioned rules.The sale or the gift of a furnished house shall only include the movable furniture therein. The sale or the gift of a house with all that it contains, shall not include cash, nor shall it include any debts due or other rights, the documents of title of which may have been kept in the house; all other movable effects shall be included. All roads, public highways and streets kept up by a public authority, rivers, streams and springs, the foreshore and banks, beaches which have been gained from the sea and which have been left permanently high and dry, ports, harbours, anchorages and generally all parts of Seychelles which are not capable of being private property, shall be held to be part of the public domain. All property which becomes vacant and without an owner, or the property of deceased persons who have left no heirs or whose inheritance is abandoned, shall belong to the Republic. SI. 72/1976) [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule] Property shall be subject to rights of ownership or to a simple right of enjoyment or to a claim to the benefit of easements thereon,A term of years (lease) which has been registered according to such laws as are enacted from time to time shall confer a real right of ownership in land limited in time. As such it may be mortgaged. The person entitled to a term of years shall have the protection of the possessory actions. However, he shall not prescribe. Ownership is the widest right to enjoy and dispose freely of things to the exclusion of others, provided that no use is made of them which is contrary to any laws or regulations. No one may be forced to part with his property except for a public purpose and in return for fair compensation. The purposes of acquisition and the manner of compensation shall be determined by such laws as may from time to time be enacted. The right of ownership of property, whether movable or immovable, shall give the right to everything that the property produces and to anything that accedes to it either naturally or artificially.This right is called right of accession. Natural produce or earnings from land, income from capital, and the young of animals belong to the owner by right of accession. The natural produce of a thing shall belong to the owner, subject to his obligation to reimburse the costs of labour, work and seeds paid by third parties. The amount of each reimbursement shall be calculated at the date of payment. A mere possessor acquires the natural produce only if he is in good faith. Otherwise, he is bound to restore the produce together with the property to the owner who claims it; if the said produce no longer exists in its natural state, its value is calculated at the date of payment. The possessor is in good faith when he possesses as owner by virtue of a title of ownership the defects of which are unknown to him.He ceases to be in good faith from the moment that they become known to him. Anything that becomes united and incorporated with another thing shall belong to the owner in accordance with the rules established below. All buildings, plantations and works on land or under the ground shall be presumed to have been made by the owner at his own cost and to belong to him unless there is evidence to the contrary; this rule shall not affect the rights of ownership that a third party may have acquired or may acquire by prescription, whether of a basement under a building in the ownership of another or of any other part of the building. The owner of land who has erected structures or planted in the soil or put up works upon it with materials which did not belong to him shall pay for the value of the materials calculated at the date of payment; he may also be ordered to pay damages if any damage has occurred: however, the owner of the materials has no right to remove them. When plants are planted, structures erected, and works carried out by a third party with materials belonging to such party, the owner of land, subject to paragraph 4 of this article, shall be empowered either to retain their ownership or to compel the third party to remove them.[Please note: no numbering as in original.] The deposits of earth and accretions, which gradually and imperceptibly, are added to land adjoining the river or a stream, are called alluvion.Alluvion shall benefit the riparian owner. The same shall apply in the case of earth which is left dry after running water has imperceptibly taken it from one of the banks of a river to the other: the owner of the dry bank benefits from the alluvion and the riparian owner of the opposite bank may not claim the land which he has lost. This right shall not be available with regard to sea beaches left dry by the retiring sea. There is no right of alluvion with regard to lakes and pools, the owner of which always retains the land covered by the water when it overflows, even if, as a result, the quantity of the water is reduced.Conversely, the owner of a pool does not acquire any right of alluvion with respect of the banks of the pool where the water has caused a flood. If a river or a stream suddenly sweeps off a considerable and identifiable part of a riparian field and carries it towards a field further down or to an opposite bank, the owner of the part which has been carried away may reclaim his property; but he must enter his claim within a year: after this period, such claim shall not be admitted unless the owner of the field which the part carried away has joined has not yet taken possession of it. Islands, islets, deposits of earth, which are formed on the bed of rivers or streams, shall belong to the Republic unless there is a contrary title or the title has been lost by prescription. (SI. 72/1976) [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule] If a stream or river, by forming a new branch, cuts and surrounds the field of a riparian owner as a result of which an island is formed the owner retains the ownership of his field. If a river or a stream forms a new bed and abandons its old course, the riparian owners of the land in which the new bed lies shall be entitled, by way of compensation, to take the old bed that has been abandoned, each in proportion to the land of which he has been deprived. Pigeons, rabbits, fish, which move on to another pigeon-house, warren or pond, shall belong to the owner thereof, provided that they were not lured to such other places by fraud or other artificial means. The Right of Accession when it relates to movable things which belong to two different owners, shall be made wholly subject to the principles of the laws of nature.The following rules shall serve as illustrations of such principles and as a guide to the Judge to enable him to decide any unforeseen cases according to the special circumstances affecting them.[Please note: numbering as in original.] When two things which belong to different owners have been united in such a way as to form a unit, even if they are severable and one can exist without the other, the unit shall belong to the owner of the thing which forms the principal part of it on condition that each owner shall be bound to pay to the other owner the value of the other part calculated at the date of payment. The principal part is presumed to be the part with which the other has been united only for the use, adornment or completion of the former. Nevertheless, when the thing which has been united with another is of much greater value that the principal part, and when it has been used without the knowledge of the owner, such owner may demand that the united part shall be severed and returned to him even if this may result in some deterioration of the thing to which it is joined. If one of the two things that have been joined together to form a single whole could not be regarded as the accessory of the other, the part which is of greater value shall be considered to be the principal part; if their respective values are roughly equal, the part that is greater in bulk shall be the principal one. If a craftsman or any person whatsoever has made use of any material which did not belong to him in order to make a thing new in kind, whether the material can revert to its former form or not, the owner thereof shall have the right to claim the new thing which has resulted on condition that he refunds the price of the skill used as calculated at the date of payment. If, however, the skill used was so great that it exceeds by far the value of the material used, the skill used shall be presumed to be the principal part and the craftsman shall have the right to retain the thing on condition that he shall refund to the owner the price of the material as calculated at the date of payment. When a person has partly used material which belongs to him and partly material which belongs to another in such a way as to make a thing of a new kind, the thing shall belong to both owners jointly although neither of the two materials used has completely perished, provided that they are joined in such manner that the two materials cannot be conveniently severed. The co-ownership of such a thing shall be for one of the parties in proportion to the value of material that belongs to him; as to the other party it shall be both in proportion to the value of the material that belongs to him and in proposition to the value of the skill used. The value of the skill shall be calculated on the date of the licitation as provided by article 575. When something has been made by the mixture of several materials belonging to different owners, none of which could be regarded as the principal material, and if the materials can be separated, the party who was unaware that the materials were to be mixed may demand that they be divided.If the material can no longer be conveniently separated, the owners shall acquire the ownership jointly, in proportion to the quantity, quality and value of the materials that belong to each one of them. When the material which belonged to one of the owners was superior by far to that of the other owner with regard to quantity and price, the owner of the superior material in value may demand the thing which was the result of mixing on condition that he refunds the value of the owner's material as estimated at the date of payment. When the thing remains owned in common among the owners of the materials from which it is made up, it may be disposed of by licitation for the benefit of all. In all cases where an owner, whose material has been used without his knowledge to make a thing of a different kind, may demand the ownership of such thing, he has the option either to demand restitution of his material in the same kind, quantity, weight, measure and quality or to demand its estimated value at the date of restitution. Persons who have used materials which belong to others and have done so without the knowledge of the owners may also be condemned to pay damages if any damage has occurred, without prejudice to any other remedies that may be available. Usufruct is the right to enjoy property which belongs to another in the same manner as the owner himself, but subject to the obligation to preserve its substance. A usufruct is created by law or by the will of the parties. A usufruct can be created to take effect immediately or on a certain date or conditionally. It can be created upon all kinds of property, movable as well as immovable. The usufructuary has the right to enjoy all kinds of fruits, whether natural produce or products or income which can be produced by the property which is subject to the usufruct. Natural produce are those that are spontaneously produced by the soil. The produce and the young of animals are also natural produce.The products of land are those which are obtained by cultivation. Income includes rent from houses, interest on sums due, and arrears of rent, income or dividends.The rent of agricultural tenancies is also regarded as income. Natural produce and products attached to branches or in root at the moment when the usufruct begins belong to the usufructuary.Those which are in the same condition at the termination of the usufruct belong to the owner without any compensation from either side for ploughing and sowing, but also without any prejudice to the part of the produce which may have been acquired by a farmer on a share basis if there was one at the beginning or at the termination of the usufruct. Income is presumed to be acquired from day to day. It shall belong to the usufructuary for the duration of his usufruct. This rule shall apply to the rent from agricultural tenancies as well as to the rent from houses and to any other income. If the usufruct includes things which cannot be used without being consumed such as money, grain or wine, the usufructuary shall be entitled to use them but on condition that he must return at the termination of the usufruct either things of the same quantity and quality or their value estimated at the date of such return. The usufruct of a life annuity shall also entitle the usufructuary, for the duration of his usufruct, to receive any arrears without being obliged to make any restitution. If the usufruct includes things which, although not immediately consumed, deteriorate gradually by use, such as clothing or linen or movable furniture, the usufructuary shall be entitled to use them for the purpose of which they are intended and he shall be obliged to return them at the termination of the usufruct in such condition as they may be, provided that they have not been damaged though his fraud or negligence. If the usufruct includes copses regularly felled, the usufructuary shall be bound to observe the order and size of cuttings in accordance with the plan or the long practice of the owner; no indemnity, however, shall be paid to the usufructuary or his heirs for any ordinary cuttings of copses or straddles or forest trees which the usufructuary had not carried out when he had the right of enjoyment.The trees which may be removed from a nursery without causing any damage to it, are included in the usufruct, on condition that the usufructuary acts in accordance with the local practice with regard to their replacement. The usufructuary shall also have the benefit, provided always that he observes the seasons and the well established practice of the former owners, of such parts of a wood of full-grown trees which have been felled regularly, whether these cuttings take place at regular intervals, within a particular area of land or whether they related to a certain quantity of trees chosen indiscriminately from the whole area of the estate. In all other cases, the usufructuary shall not interfere with forest trees: he may only use, for the purpose of making the repairs to which he is bound, any trees which have been accidentally uprooted or broken; he may even, for this purpose, cause any trees to be felled if necessary, provided that he satisfies the owner of the need to do so. He may take from the forests props for the vines; he may also take any annual or regular produce which is still hanging from the trees; all of which may be done following local practice or the practice of the owners. Fruits trees which are dying, including those accidentally uprooted or broken, shall belong to the usufructuary on condition that he replaces them by other trees. The usufructuary shall benefit from any increase caused by alluvion to the size of the land over which he has a usufruct. He shall enjoy the right arising from easements, rights of way, and generally all the rights which an owner may enjoy, and he shall enjoy them in the same manner as the owner himself. He shall also enjoy, in the same manner as the owner, the mines and quarries which are in operation at the beginning of the usufruct; nevertheless, if these resources could not have been exploited without a permit, the usufructuary shall not be allowed to enjoy them without having first obtained such a permit, as provided by the laws in force from time to time.There shall be no right to mines and quarries which have not yet been exploited, nor shall there be rights either to turf-pits if the exploitation has not yet started, or to treasure trove found in the course of the usufruct. The owner may not, by his act, or in any way whatsoever, interfere with the rights of the usufructuary.On his part, the usufructuary may not demand, at the termination of the usufruct, any indemnity for the improvements that he claims to have made, even though the value of the property has increased.He or his heirs may, however, remove the mirrors, pictures and ornaments which he may have had installed, provided that he restores the premises to their former condition. The usufructuary must give security that he will show, with regard to the enjoyment of the property, reasonable care, unless he is released from such duty by the act that created the usufruct; however, the father and mother who have the usufruct of the property of their children as of right or the seller or the donor who has reserved the usufruct shall not be bound to give security. If the usufructuary is unable to provide security, the immovable property shall be let or placed in legal deposit.Money included in the usufruct shall be invested;Any produce shall be sold and the proceeds thereof shall be likewise invested;The interest from such sums and the rent received from letting the property shall belong, in this case, to the usufructuary. In the absence of security on the part of the usufructuary, the owner may demand that any movable property which is damaged by use be sold so that the price can be invested, as in the case of produce; in that case the usufructuary shall enjoy the interest therefrom for the duration of his usufruct; however, the usufructuary may request and the Court may grant such request, according to the circumstances, that part of the movable property necessary for his use be left to him on his sworn recognizance and on condition that he returns it at the termination of the usufruct. A delay in providing security shall not deprive the usufructuary of any fruits to which he may be entitled; these are due to him from the moment that the usufruct begins. Structural repairs are the repairs of the main walls and vaults, of entire floors, the renovation of beams and the restoration of the entire roof.The repairs of entire dykes, retaining wall and fences.All other repairs are maintenance repairs. Neither the owner nor the usufructuary shall be bound to rebuild what has perished by decay or what has been destroyed by inevitable accident. The usufructuary shall be liable, for the duration of the usufruct, for all the annual dues of the property, such as contributions and other charges which, by practice, are considered to be a charge upon income from land. With regard to any charges imposed upon the property in the course of the usufruct, the usufructuary and the owner shall contribute as follows:The owner shall be bound to pay them and the usufructuary shall pay the interest thereon;If the charges are paid by the usufructuary, they shall be refunded to him at the termination of the usufruct. The legacy given by a testator of a life annuity or maintenance grant shall be paid by the residuary legatee of the usufructuary in its entirety, and by the legatee by universal title of the usufruct to the extent of his right of enjoyment but neither of them shall have any right to claim a refund. The person entitled to a usufruct of specific property shall not be bound by the debts arising from a mortgage of the property: if he is forced to pay them, he shall be entitled to recover them from the owner; subject to the provisions of article 1020 of the Title Gifts inter vivos and Wills. The person entitled to a usufruct either as a residuary legatee or a legatee by universal title shall be bound to contribute with the owner to the discharge of the debts as follows:The value of the property, subject to the usufruct, is calculated; the proportion of each contribution in then fixed according to such value.If the usufructuary advances the sum which the property must contribute, the capital shall be refunded to him without interest at the termination of the usufruct. If the usufructuary does not advance that sum, the owner may elect either to pay that sum, in which case the usufructuary shall pay him the interest thereon during the continuance of the usufruct, or to cause such property, subject to the usufruct, to be sold to the extent that is required for the discharge of the debt. The usufructuary shall only be bound to pay the cost of any legal proceedings which related to his enjoyment and to satisfy any orders to pay arising therefrom. If during the continuance of the usufruct a third party encroaches upon the property or otherwise interferes with the rights of the owner, the usufructuary shall be bound to report him to the owner: if he fails to do so, he shall be liable for any damage which may result to the owner therefrom as if the usufructuary himself had caused the loss. If the usufruct relates to an animal, which dies without any fault on the part of the usufructuary, he shall not be bound to replace it by another or to pay its value. If the herd or flock, over which a usufruct has been created, perishes entirely through accident or disease, and without the fault of the usufructuary, he shall only be bound towards the owner to account for the skins, or their value, calculated at the date of payment.If the herd or flock does not entirely perish, the usufructuary shall be bound to replace the animals with any young born to such herd or flock. The usufruct shall be terminated—By death of the usufructuary;By the expiration of the period of time for which it was granted;By the merger or union in the same person of the two capacities of usufructuary and owner;By non-user during a period of twenty-years;By the total loss of the thing subject to the usufruct. A usufruct which has not been granted to a private person shall not extend beyond a period of thirty years. The usufruct granted until a third party reaches a certain age shall continue for that period, even if that party dies before that time. The sale of property subject to a usufruct shall have no effect upon the rights of the usufructuary; he shall continue to enjoy his usufruct unless he has formally renounced it. The creditors of a usufructuary are entitled to demand the annulment of any waiver of the rights of the usufructuary, if such waiver is to their detriment. It shall not be necessary to prove that the usufructuary was in bad faith in making the waiver. If only part of property subject to a usufruct is destroyed, the usufruct continues in respect of what remains. The rights of use and habitation shall be created and lost in the same manner as the usufruct. As in the case of usufruct, it shall not be possible to exercise these rights without previously providing security and without drawing up statements and inventories. The person entitled to a use or a habitation must show, in the exercise of these rights, reasonable care. The rights of use and habitation are regulated by the title which establishes them and extend more or less according to the provisions thereof. If the title does not provide for the exercise of the rights, these are regulated as hereafter indicated. The person who has the use of the produce of a plot of land may only demand so much as he requires for his needs and those of his family.He may also demand enough for the needs of his children born since the grant of the use. The person entitled to a use may neither assign nor hire out his right to another. The person entitled to the habitation of a house may remain in it with his family although he was not married when that right was granted to him. The right of habitation is restricted to the extent of the needs of the person granted that right and of the members of his family. The right of habitation may neither be assigned nor hired out. If the person entitled to a use consumes all the produce of the property, or if he occupies the whole house, he shall be bound to pay the costs of cultivation, keep the property in good repair and pay any contributions in the same manner as the usufructuary.If he only takes part of the produce or if he only occupies part of the house, he shall contribute in proportion to his enjoyment. The right to the use of woods and forests is regulated by special legislation. An easement is a charge imposed over a tenement for the use and benefit of a tenement belonging to another owner. An easement does not establish any superiority of one tenement over another. An easement arises either from the natural position of land or from obligations imposed by law or from agreements amongst owners. Land on a lower level is bound to receive from land on a higher level waters which flow down naturally and without human intervention.The owner of the lower level shall not erect a dam which prevents an overflow. The owner of the higher level shall do nothing to increase the burden of the lower level. Every owner shall be entitled to the use and disposal of rain water falling upon his land. If the use to which the aforementioned water is put or the direction which is given to it results in a serious increase of the burden which the natural easement of running water established by article 640 imposes, the owner of the lower land shall be entitled to compensation.The same rule shall apply to waters emanating from a spring upon land.When, as a result of tests or underground work, an owner causes water to flow on his land, the owners of plots placed at a lower level are bound to receive it; however, they shall be entitled to be indemnified for the resulting damage.Houses, yards, gardens, parks and enclosures adjoining residential property shall not be subject to any increase of the burden of the easement of running water in any of the cases enumerated in the previous paragraphs.Disputes arising from the creation and exercise of the aforementioned easements and the settlement, if need be, of any indemnities due to the owners of land on a lower level shall be brought before the Court which shall take into account the interests of agriculture and industry as well as the respect due to the right of ownership.If expertise is called for, the Court may appoint a single expert. [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule] [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule] [repealed by Rivers and Streams Act, (1971 Ed)] [repealed by Rivers and Streams Act, (1971 Ed)] Every owner may compel his neighbour to a demarcation of their adjoining plots of land.The demarcation shall be made at their joint expense. Every owner may enclose his land except as provided by article 682. The owner who wants to enclose his property shall lose his right of grazing and commonage in proportion to the land from which he has withdrawn. Easements established by law have for their object the public or local benefit or that of individuals. Those established for the public or local benefit relate to the building or repairing of roads and other public or local works.Everything that concerns this type of easement is determined by laws or special regulations. The law shall bind owners to various obligations towards one another, independently of any agreement. A part of these obligations is laid down in the laws.The rest relate to walls and partition ditches, to cases in which a retaining wall is necessary, to ancient lights over neighbouring property, to roof drains and to rights of way. In towns and in the country, every wall serving two separate buildings up to the roof line reached by the lower building or between yards and gardens and even between enclosures in a field, shall be presumed to be a party-wall unless there is a document of title or a mark proving the contrary. It is an indication that a wall is not a party-wall when the top of the wall is straight and vertical on the facing of one side, but inclined on the other.Likewise, when there is only on one side a coping or mouldings or stone brackets fixed when the wall was built.In these cases the wall is presumed to belong exclusively to the owner of the side on which there are the drains or the mouldings and stone brackets. The repairs and re-building of a party-wall shall be a charge upon all those entitled, and in proportion to the right of each person. However, every joint owner of a party-wall may avoid a contribution to the repairs and re-building by giving up his right to the party-wall, provided that such party-wall does not support a building which belongs to him. Every owner may build against a party-wall, and insert beams or joints within 54 millimetres of the whole thickness of the wall, without prejudice to the right of his neighbour to reduce, with a chisel, the length of the beam to a half-way point in the wall, in case he himself wants to insert beams in the same place, or to build a chimney against it. Every joint owner may raise a party-wall; but he shall alone defray the cost and that of the maintenance of the superstructure above the common part; he shall further pay alone the cost of maintenance of the common part made necessary by the superstructure and shall also refund to the adjoining owner all his expenses made necessary by it. If the party-wall is not in a condition to support the superstructure, the person who wants to build upon it shall re-build the entire wall at his expense and any additional thickness required shall take land on his side of the property. The neighbour who has not contributed to the superstructure may acquire party-rights by paying half the cost thereof, as well as one half the value of one half of the land used for the additional thickness, if any. The cost of the superstructure shall be calculated at the date of acquisition having regard to the present condition of the superstructure. Every owner adjoining a wall is entitled to make it a party-wall, whether the whole or a part of it, by paying the owner of the wall one half of its cost or one half of the cost of that part of the wall which he wants to make a party-wall, as well as one half of the value of the ground on which the wall is built. The cost of the wall shall be calculated at the date of the acquisition of party-wall rights having regard to the present condition of the wall. A neighbour shall not insert into a party-wall any object nor shall he build or rest upon it any structure without the consent of the other, or if the latter refuses, without settling, with the help of experts, the means necessary to ensure that the new structure is not detrimental to the rights of the other. Every person may compel his neighbour in town and other built-up areas to contribute towards the construction and repairs of a fence separating their houses, yards and gardens situated in the said towns and areas: the height of the fence shall be fixed in accordance with the special by-laws or in accordance with constant and recognised practices; and in the the absence of practices and by-laws a boundary wall between neighbours, which may be built or re-built in the future, shall be at least three metres high, including the coping, in towns of fifty thousand inhabitants or more, and two metres fifty centimetres elsewhere. When different floors or flats of a building belong to different owners and if the title-deeds do not regulate the way in which repairs and re-building are to be carried out, they shall be done as follows:The main walls and the roof shall be paid for by all the owners in proportion to the floor or flat of which each is the owner.Each owner of a floor or flat shall pay for the repairs to the part of the building which belongs to him exclusively. He shall also pay his proportion of the cost of construction or repairs of the building, over which he has joint control with the other co-owners, or over which he has the benefit of an easement. If he pays the total cost of the construction or repairs he shall have a right to recover the proportion of the cost due to him. Provided that only the construction and repairs which are appropriate to the character and position of the building shall be so recoverable.Any memorandum the terms of which regulate the operation and maintenance of the building at the time when a person acquires a floor or a flat shall be binding upon him, subject to this right to ask the Court for an amendment of any clause therein which is oppressive. When a party-wall or a house is rebuilt, the easements, both active and passive, shall continue with regard to the new wall, or the new house, but cannot become more onerous, provided the re-building is completed before rights over the new buildings can be acquired by prescription. Every wall which separates plots of land shall be presumed to be a party-wall unless only one plot is fenced or unless there is a document of title or prescription or demarcation to the contrary. With regard to ditches, if the elevation or the inclination of the soil is on one side only, it shall raise a presumption that it is not jointly owned.The ditch shall be presumed to belong exclusively to the owner of the side towards which the inclination exists. A party-wall shall be kept in repair at joint cost; but a neighbour may avoid payment by renouncing his right of joint ownership.This option shall not be available if a ditch serves habitually for drainage. The neighbour whose plot of land borders on to a ditch or a hedge which is not jointly owned may not compel the owner of that ditch or hedge to grant him party rights.The joint owner of a party hedge may destroy it up to the extent of his property, but if he does so he shall be bound to build a wall up to the limit of the hedge.The same rule shall apply to the joint owner of a party ditch which only serves as an enclosure. The produce of the hedge shall belong to the joint owners at the rate of one half each for as long as the joint ownership lasts. The trees which are found in a party hedge shall also be jointly owned, as the hedge is so owned. Likewise, the trees planted upon the demarcation line of the two plots shall be presumed jointly owned. When they die or when they are cut or uprooted, these trees shall be shared, whether they have fallen naturally or their fall was induced or whether they have been cut down. Expenses incurred in gathering their fruits shall be borne by both parties.Every owner shall be entitled to demand the uprooting of jointly owned trees. It shall be prohibited to have trees, shrubs and bushes near the demarcation line with neighbouring property, except at a distance established by special regulations in force or by constant and recognised paractices; in default of such regulations and practices, such plants shall not be nearer to the dividing line than two metres for plantations, the height of which exceeds two metres, and one half of a metre for others.Trees, shrubs and bushes of every kind may be planted wall-like, in a row, on either side of a dividing wall; there is no obligation to observe any special distance between them but they must not pass beyond the crest of the wall.If the wall is not a party one, the owner alone shall have the right to prop up his plants thereon. A neighbour may demand that the trees, shrubs and bushes planted at a lesser distance than that provided by law shall be uprooted or the height reduced, as in the preceding article, unless there is a document of title to the contrary or the plants were set up by a previous owner of the two plots of land or there is prescription of twenty years.If the trees die or are cut or uprooted, the neighbour may only replace them if he observes the distances imposed by law. The owner whose property is invaded by branches of trees, shrubs and bushes belonging to a neighbour, may compel him to cut them. The fruit fallen naturally from such branches shall belong to such owner.If the invading plants are roots, thorns and twigs, he shall have the right to cut them down himself up to the separating line.The right to cut down roots, thorns and twigs or to cause branches, shrubs and bushes to be cut shall not be lost by prescription. The person who causes a well or a cesspool to be dug near a wall, party-wall or not;The person who wants to build a chimney or hearth, forge, oven or furnace;To erect a stable;Or to put up against that wall a store for salt or to keep corrosive substances, shall be bound to respect the distances laid down in the regulations and any special practices connected with such things, or to install such structures as are prescribed by the same regulations and practices, in order to avoid any detriment to his neighbour. A neighbour may not, without the consent of the other neighbour, cut into a party-wall any window or opening whatever, even if the open space is covered with fixed glass. The owner of a wall which is not a party-wall, immediately adjoining another property, may cut into the wall openings or windows covered with wire mesh or fixed glass.These windows must have an iron grating, of which the mesh must have a maximum opening of not more than ten centimetres, and a frame of fixed glass. These windows or openings may not be made at less than two metres sixty centimetres above the floor or soil of the room which it is intended to light, if it is on the ground floor, and at one metre ninety centimetres above the floor for other floors. A person shall not be entitled to a direct view or a window-view nor to balconies or other similar projections over the property of his neighbour, whether that property is enclosed or not, unless there is a distance of one metre ninety centimetres between the wall from which they hang and the said property; provided that the property or the part of the property over which the view extends is not already subject to a right of way for the advantage of the property that has the benefit which prevents the building of structures. A person shall not be entitled, subject to the above reservations, to have side views or oblique views over the same property unless there is a distance of sixty centimetres therefrom. The distance referred to in the two preceding articles shall be measured from the outside face of the wall on which the opening is made, and if there are balconies or other similar projections, from their outer line to the line separating the two properties. Every owner must ensure that his roof directs the flow of rain water on to his own land, or upon the public highway; he must not allow it to flow on to his neighbour's property. A passage shall generally be obtained from the side of the property from which the access to the public highway is nearest. However, account shall also be taken of the need to reduce any damage to the neighbouring property as far as possible. If the non-access arises from a sale or an exchange or a division of land or from any other contract, the passage may only be demanded from such land as has been the subject of such transactions. However, if a sufficient passage cannot be provided from such land, paragraph 1 of article 682 shall apply. An owner may create upon his property or in favour of his property such easements as he deems proper, provided however that the easements created neither bind persons nor are they in favour of persons but apply only to property and are for the benefit of property, and provided also that the incidents are not contrary to public policy.The use and the extent of easements thus established are governed by the conditions contained by the document of title which created them, and in the absence of such document by the rules stated hereafter. Easements are created either for the use of buildings or for the use of land.Those of the former kind are called urban, whether the buildings to which they apply are situated in the town or in the country.Those of the latter kind are called rural. Easements are either continuous or discontinuous. Continuous are the easements the use of which continues or could continue without human intervention; such are water mains, drains, ancient lights and other easements of that kind.Discontinuous are those which need human intervention for their use; such are rights of way, drawing water, grazing, and others of a similar kind. Easements are apparent or non-apparent.Apparent are the easements which are visible from the outside such as a door, a window or an aqueduct.Non-apparent are those which are not visible from the outside, as for example, the restriction to build on land, or not to build above a certain height. Continuous and apparent easements are acquired by a document of title or by possession for twenty years. Non-apparent continuous easements and discontinuous easements, apparent or non-apparent, may not be created except by a document of title.Possession, even from time immemorial, is not sufficient for their creation. Proof that continuous and apparent easements were set up by the previous owner shall be accepted as title. Easements set up by the previous owner shall only be accepted if two contiguous plots, at present divided, were in the ownership of the same owner and if the incidents which gave rise to the easement were created by him. If the owner of two plots over which or in respect of which there is some visible indication of an easement disposes of one of these plots without any reference in the agreement to the easement, it shall continue to exist, whether active or passive, either in favour of or a burden upon the property transferred. The document of title creating the easement, insofar as the easements which cannot be acquired by prescription are concerned, may not be replaced except by a document of recognition of the easement emanating from the owner of the servient tenement. When a person creates an easement, he shall be deemed to provide everything necessary for its use.Thus the easement of drawing water from the fountain of another necessarily carries with it the right of way. The owner of the dominant tenement shall be entitled to do all that is necessary for the use and preservation of the easement. The cost of such work shall burden the owner of the dominant tenement and not the owner of the servient tenement unless the document creating the easement provides the contrary. If the dominant tenement is divided the easement shall subsist in respect of each portion, provided that the burden upon the servient tenement has not increased as a result.Thus, for example, in the case of a right of way, all co-owners shall be bound to make use of it through the same passage. The owner of the servient tenement shall do nothing which may tend to impair the use of the easement or to render it more inconvenient.Thus, he may not change the condition of the premises nor remove the easement to a different place from that in which it was originally located.However, if the original location has become more onerous to the owner of the servient tenement or if it prevents him from carrying out improvements upon it, he may offer to the owner of the dominant tenement a place of equal convenience for the use of his right; such an offer may not be refused. On his part, the person entitled to an easement must only use it in accordance with the terms of his title and shall not make any changes either to the servient or to the dominant tenement which are likely to worsen the condition of the former. The easement is extinguished when the condition of things is such that the easement can no longer be enjoyed. They revive if things are restored in such a way that they can be used, unless sufficient time has already elapsed to raise the presumption that the easement has been extinguished as laid down in article 707. All easements are extinguished when the dominant tenement and the servient tenement are acquired by the same owner. An easement is extinguished by non-user over a period of twenty years. The period of twenty years begins to run, according to the kind of easement, either from the day when its enjoyment ceased in the case of discontinuous easements, or from the day when an act contrary to it was done in the case of continuous easements. The way in which an easement is enjoyed is subject to prescription as much as the easement itself and in the same manner. If the dominant tenement is held by a fiduciary on behalf of two or more persons, the enjoyment of the easement by the fiduciary or by any person acting under the authority of such fiduciary shall be a bar to prescription. [repealed byCivil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule] The ownership of property is acquired and transferred by succession, by gift inter vivos or by will and by the effect of obligations. Ownership may also be acquired by accession or incorporation and by prescription. Ownerless property shall belong to the Republic. There are things which have no owner and the enjoyment of which is common to all.Regulations of public order establish the manner in which such things shall be enjoyed. The rights of hunting and fishing shall also be regulated by special laws. Treasure trove shall belong to the person in whose land it is found; if found in the land of another, one half shall belong to the finder, and the other half to the owner of the land.Treasure trove consists of anything hidden or buried to which no one can claim a title and which is discovered by pure chance. The rights to jetsam and flotsam of whatever kind and the rights to plants or grass which grows on the sea-shore are also regulated by special laws.Likewise for lost property the owner of which does not come forward to claim it. A succession shall open upon the death of a person. The succession shall open in the place where the deceased had his domicile. [repealed by Civil Code (Amendment) Act. (1971 Ed.)] If several persons respectively entitled to succeed each other perish in the same accident without it being possible to establish who died first, the presumption of survivorship is determined by the circumstances of fact. In the absence of any evidence as to the time of death it shall be presumed that they all died at the same time. [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule. Cap. 33] [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule. Cap. 33] The law regulates the order of succession amongst legitimate heirs, natural children and the surviving spouse; in default of such persons the property passes to the Republic. A person must be in existence at the time of the opening of the succession in order to be eligible to inherit.Thus, the following are ineligible to inherit— [repealed by Civil Code (Amendment) Act. (1971 Ed.)] The following persons shall not succeed to an estate as unworthy to do so— The failure to report to the authorities shall not deprive the ascendants and descendants of the killer, nor his relatives by marriage of the same degree, nor his or her spouse, nor his brothers or sisters, nor his uncles and aunts or nephews and nieces, of their rights. The heir who is excluded from the succession by reason of his unworthiness shall be bound to return all the fruits and income which he has enjoyed since the opening of the succession. The children of an unworthy person who come to the succession in their own right and not through the aid of representation shall not be excluded by reason of the offence of their father; but the latter shall in no circumstances be entitled to that succession or to the usufruct which the law confers upon the fathers and mothers with respect to the property of their children. Succession shall devolve upon the children and other descendants of the deceased, his ascendants, his collateral relatives and upon the surviving spouse in accordance with the order and rules hereinafter established. The law, in regulating the order of succession, does not consider either the nature or the origin of the property. After this first division is made, there shall be no further division amongst the various branches; but one half of the property accruing to each line shall belong to the heir or the heirs who are nearest to the deceased, subject to representation as hereafter stated. The proximity of relationship shall be established by the number of generations; each generation is called a degree. A sequence of degrees shall form a line: direct line is the sequence of degrees between persons who descend one from the other; collateral line is the sequence of degrees between persons who do not descend one from the other, but who can trace their descent to a common ancestor.Two direct lines are distinguished, the direct descending line and the direct ascending line.The former links the ancestor with his descendants; the latter links a person with his ascendants. In the direct line, there are as many degrees as there are generations between the persons; thus, the son is, in relation to his father, in the first degree; the grandson, in the second; and vice versa the father and the grandfather with regard to sons and grandsons. In the collateral line, the degrees rank by generations from one of the parents up to, but not including, the common ancestor and from the latter to the other parent.Thus, two brothers are related in the second degree; the uncle and the nephew are related in the third degree; first cousins in the fourth degree, and so on. Representation is a legal fiction the effect of which is to put the representatives in the place, degree and rights of the person represented. Representation takes place without limit in the direct descending line.It is admitted in all cases, whether the children of the deceased share with the descendants of a predeceased child, or whether all the children of the deceased having died before him, their descendants find themselves in relation to one another in equal or unequal degrees. Representation shall not take place for the benefit of ascendants; the nearest in each of the two lines always excludes the more remote. In the collateral line, representation is admitted in favour of the children and the descendants of brothers and sisters of the deceased, whether they come to the succession concurrently with the uncles or aunts or whether, all the brothers and sisters of the deceased having died before, the succession devolves upon their descendants in equal or unequal degrees. In all the cases in which representation is admitted, division takes place per stripes: if the same stock has produced several branches, the subdivision is made also per stripes within each branch and the members of the same branch share amongst themselves equally. Living persons cannot be represented; only dead persons can.A person who has renounced the succession of another person may still represent that person.The law does not distinguish, for the purposes of representation, between legitimate and natural descent. Children or their descendants succeed to their father and mother, grandfathers and grandmothers or other ascendants without distinction of sex or primogeniture, even if they are born of different marriages.They take in equal shares, and per head, if they are all of the first degree and inherit in their own right; they take per stripes when all or some of them inherit by representation. If the deceased has not left any issue, neither brother nor sister, nor any of their descendants, the succession shall be divided into halves between the ascendants of the paternal line and the ascendants of the maternal line.The ascendant who is nearest in degree shall take the half accruing to his line to the exclusion of the others.Ascendants of the same degree inherit per capita [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule. Cap. 33] When the father and mother of a person who died without leaving issue survive, and if the deceased has left brothers and sisters or their descendants, the succession shall be divided in two equal portions of which one only accrues to the father and mother who shall take equal shares.The other half shall belong to the brothers, sisters and their descendants, as explained in Section V of this Chapter. In the case of a deceased person without issue who leaves brothers, sisters, or their descendants, if the father or mother has predeceased him, the portion which would have accrued to him in accordance with the preceding article is added on to the half accrued to the brothers, sisters or their representatives, as explained in Section V of this Chapter. If the father and mother of a person have predeceased a person who dies without issue, his brothers, sisters or their descendants shall be called to the succession to the exclusion of ascendants and other collaterals.They succeed either in their own right or by representation, as provided in Section II of this Chapter. If the father and mother of a deceased person without issue have survived him, his brothers and sisters, or their representatives, shall only inherit one half of the succession.If the father or the mother alone has survived, they shall inherit the three quarters. The division of the half or the three quarters accrued to the brothers or sisters in terms of the preceding article shall be on the basis of equal shares if they are all born of the same marriage; if they are born of different marriages the division shall be one half between the two lines, paternal and maternal, of the deceased; those of the full blood shall share in both lines and those of the half-blood each in his line only: if brothers and sisters exist from one side only, they shall succeed to the whole to the exclusion of all other relatives of the other line. In the absence of brothers and sisters or their descendants, and in the absence of ascendents in one of the lines, the succession shall devolve as a whole upon the ascendents of the other line; in the absence of ascendents in either line the succession shall devolve on the basis of half and half upon the nearest relative of each line.Collaterals of the same degree shall share per capita.[Please note: numbering as in original.] [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule] The relatives beyond the twelfth degree shall not inherit.In the absence of relatives of one line capable of inheriting the relatives of the other line shall take the whole.Articles 750 to 755 shall also apply to the collateral succession of natural children. Natural descent shall only give rise to rights of succession to the extent that a natural child has been legally recognised, or whose descent has been proved otherwise than simply by an affiliation order. The natural child shall have, in general, and in respect of his father and mother and other ascendants as well as his brothers and sisters and other collaterals, the same rights as the legitimate child. Conversely, the father and mother and other ascendants of the natural child, as well as his brothers and sisters and others collaterals, shall inherit as if the child had been legitimate. Natural children whose father or mother at the time of their conception was married to another person, shall not exclude the latter from his or her rights to the succession of the deceased, as laid down in articles 765 and 766 below:Provided, in that case, that the surviving spouse shall be entitled to all the personal chattels of the deceased and his share in the remainder of the succession shall be reduced to one half. The same rule shall apply if the deceased spouse has left, instead of natural children, a natural father and mother, or one of them.The distribution of the succession shall be made in accordance with the order of succession applicable on the day of the death, disregarding any waivers. Natural children, whose father or mother, at the time of their conception, was married to another person, shall be entitled to succeed together with any legitimate children of that marriage; in that case, however, the share of each such natural child shall be one half of what it would have been if all the children of the deceased had been legitimate.The part of the share of each such natural child, which does not accrue to him by reason of the foregoing provisions of this article, shall accrue to the legitimate children of the marriage which is affected by the adultery; it shall be divided amongst the legitimate children of that marriage in proportion to their hereditary parts. If the surviving spouse, or the children of his or her marriage, demand that in any distribution of property they be preferred in the award of certain specific items of the succession, the natural children referred to in the two preceding articles shall not be entitled to refuse it. Provided that such surviving spouse or his or her children are prepared to make a cash adjustment if necessary. The same choice of items of the succession shall extend to the home which the claimant or claimants were using for casual residence.The surviving spouse may exercise this right when he comes to the succession as a result of article 767. In the cases of articles 759 and 760, the father or the mother may exclude natural children from any personal participation in the eventual liquidation or division procedure, by making, before death, a sufficient settlement of property upon them with the express stipulation that this is a settlement by anticipation of their rights of succession. The settlement shall take the form of a gift. It shall consist of a transfer of property to, and an acceptance thereof by, the donee or his legal representative.Such settlement, until acceptance, may be revoked or modified by the donor, subject to the same form. If the donee does not want or is unable to receive the income from the property, it shall be used for his account and in his name.The settlement becomes effective at the opening of the succession, unless it has been previously accepted by the donee. If, at the opening of the succession, the valuation having been effected as in the case of the return, it is established that the value of the property settled is in excess of the donee's rights of succession, or if, conversely, that value is less than what the donee is entitled to, the property shall be reduced or supplemented, as the case may be; but in any case, the other heirs, or the natural child, shall not make any claim with regard to any income collected before the death, whether that income collected was in excess of or below the proper figure.If a supplement is payable it shall be provided in the form of cash or in kind, at the discretion of the other heirs. If a representative has acted for the natural child, in respect of the settlement by anticipation, he shall be bound towards such child by all the obligations of an agent. If, at the opening of the succession, there is neither surviving spouse nor issue of the marriage, or if the spouse or the issue or both renounce their rights, the powers of the representative shall cease and the settlement shall be treated as advancement of the future succession. When the deceased spouse leaves no descendants, ascendants or, in the collateral line, any heirs within the third degree inclusively of relationship, or any descendants of nephews and nieces, his succession shall devolve upon the surviving spouse. Provided that in this case article 759, in respect of the rights of the surviving spouse when there are natural children, as provided by that article, shall have application. [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule. Cap. 33] In the absence of heirs, the succession escheats to the Republic. The Curator of Vacant Estates shall be sent into possession. If one year has elapsed from the date of the vesting order without any claim being made by an heir, such vacant estate shall be deemed to be held by the Curator on behalf of the Republic.The claims of ay heirs or third parties against the Curator, as well as the rights of the Republic to acquire by prescription, shall be subject to the rules of prescription established by this Code. [repealed by Succession and Wills Act. (1971 Ed.)] [repealed by Succession and Wills Act. (1971 Ed.)] [repealed by Succession and Wills Act. (1971 Ed.)] [repealed by Succession and Wills Act. (1971 Ed.)] No one shall be bound to accept a succession of movable property. A succession of movable property devolving upon minors or interdicted persons shall only be validly accepted if in accordance with the provisions of the Title Minority, Guardianship and Emancipation. The effect of acceptance goes back to the day of the opening of the succession. Acceptance may be express or implied: it is express when a person assumes the title or capacity of heir in an authentic or private document; it is implied when the heir does an act which necessarily assumes his intention to accept and which he would not be entitled to do, except in his capacity as heir. Acts of pure preservation or supervision and provisional administration shall not be acts of acceptance of an inheritance, if done by a person who has not assumed either the title or the capacity of an heir. The gift, sale or assignment of rights of succession to movable property, made by one of the co-heirs, either to a stranger or to all his co-heirs or to some of them, shall amount to an acceptance of the succession on his part.The same shall be the effect of— When a succession of movable property devolves upon a person who dies without repudiating it, or without having expressly or impliedly accepted it, his heirs may accept or repudiate it on his account. If the heirs are not in agreement as to whether to accept or repudiate the succession, it shall be accepted subject to the benefit of inventory. A person of full age shall only repudiate his acceptance, express or implied, of a succession, if such acceptance resulted from a fraud committed upon him: he shall not disclaim on the ground of lesion, except in the case in which the succession is taken away or reduced by more than one half as a result of the discovery of an unknown will at the moment of the acceptance. The heir who renounces shall be deemed never to have been heir. The share of the person who renounces accrues to his co-heirs; if he is the only heir, the succession devolves to the next degree. A person shall not inherit by representation from an heir who has renounced the succession; if the person who renounces is the only heir of his degree, or if all his co-heirs also renounce, the children shall succeed in their own right per capita. The creditors of the person who renounces to the detriment of their rights, may be authorised by the Court to accept the succession on behalf of their debtor and in his stead and place.In that case, the renunciation shall only be annulled in favour of the creditors, and to the extent of their claims: it shall not be annulled for the benefit of the heir who has renounced. So long as the right to accept has not been acquired by prescription against the heirs who have renounced, they shall be entitled to accept the succession, if it has not yet been accepted by other heirs; this, however, without prejudice to the rights which third parties may have acquired over the property of the inheritance, either through prescription or through validly executed transactions made with the Curator of the vacant estate. It shall not be permitted, even by an antenuptial marriage settlement, to renounce the right to the succession of a living person, nor to alienate any rights to which a person may have to that succession. Heirs who have taken or concealed any items of the succession, shall be precluded from the right to renounce it; they shall remain heirs purely and simply notwithstanding their renunciation and may not claim any part of the items taken or concealed. The declaration by an heir, that he agrees to assume the capacity of heir, subject to the benefit of inventory, shall be made at the Registry of the Supreme Court: It shall be entered into the register provided for acts of remuneration. The declaration shall only have effect if preceded or followed by an accurate and precise inventory of the property belonging to the succession, in accordance with the forms prescribed by law and within the time-limit hereafter established. The heir shall draw up the inventory within three months, starting from the day of the opening of the succession.He shall have a further period of forty days to reflect upon his acceptance or renunciation, these to run as from the day of the expiry of the three months allowed for the inventory, or from the day of the closing of the inventory, if completed before the end of the three months. During the time-limit allowed for the drawing-up of an inventory and for reflection the heir shall not be compelled to assume that capacity, nor can a judgment be obtained against him in that capacity, if he renounces, whether before or on the expiry of the time-limit; the costs which he reasonably incurs until that time shall fall upon the succession. After the expiry of the above time-limits, the heir, if proceedings have been initiated against him, may request a further time-limit which the Court dealing with the dispute shall grant or refuse according to the circumstances. The costs of proceedings, in the case of the preceding article, shall fall upon the succession, provided that the heir can establish either that he was not aware of the death or that the time-limit was insufficient because of the situation of the property or by reason of the ensuing disputes: if he fails to establish either of the two, the costs shall fall upon himself personally. The heir shall nevertheless, retain after the expiry of the time-limits allowed by article 795 and even after those allowed by the Court in pursuance of article 798, the capacity to draw up an inventory and to become heir with benefit of inventory if he has not otherwise done any act as heir, or if a final judgment has not been pronounced which condemns him in his capacity as heir purely and simply. The heir who has been guilty of concealment, or who has knowingly and in bad faith omitted to include in the inventory any items of the succession, shall lose the benefit of inventory. The effect of the benefit of inventory shall be to give the heir the advantage: The heir with benefit of inventory shall administer the property of the succession and shall be bound to account for his administration to the creditors and legatees.His personal property may only be seized after notice has been served upon him to present his account, and if he has failed in respect of this obligation.When the account has been audited, his property may only be seized to the extent of the balance found due by him. He shall be responsible for the negligence in respect of the administration with which he is entrusted. He shall only be allowed to sell movable property belonging to the inheritance as provided by articles 1686, 1687, and 1688 of this Code relating to licitation. [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule] He shall be bound, if the creditors and other interested parties demand it, to provide good and sufficient security up to the value of the movable property included in the inventory.Failure to provide that security shall entail the sale of the movable property not yet sold, and the proceeds therefrom shall be deposited, so that they may be used for the discharge of the debts of the succession. If there are creditors who have given notice of their claims the heir with benefit of inventory shall only pay in the order and manner ordered by the Court.If there are no such creditors, he shall pay the creditors and legatees as they come forward. Creditors who have not given notice of their claims, and who come forward after the account has been audited and after payment of the balance due, shall only be entitled to recover against the legatees.In both cases, the right to recover is subject to prescription of five years starting from the day when the account was audited and the balance paid. The costs of the seals, if any were put on, of the inventory, and of the account shall fall upon the succession. If after the expiry of the time-limit for drawing up the inventory and for reflection, no one claims the succession, and if there are no known heirs, or if the known heirs have renounced their right, the succession shall be presumed vacant. The Curator of a vacant estate shall be bound, first of all, to establish the condition of the estate in an inventory: he shall exercise and enforce any rights; he shall answer any claims brought against the estate; he shall administer the estate, subject to depositing with the Official Receiver for the purpose of preserving the same, any sums credited to the estate as well as any moneys representing the proceeds of the sale of movable or immovable property, and he shall also be subject to rendering accounts to any person having a lawful interest thereto. The provisions of Section III of this Chapter, relating to the form of inventory, the manner of its administration and the accounts to be rendered on the part of the heir entitled to the succession, shall equally apply to the Curator of Vacant Estates; provided that they are not contrary to the Curatelle Act Cap. 55 as indicated in article 812 of this Code. Co-ownership arises when property is held by two or more persons jointly. In the absence of any evidence to the contrary it shall be presumed that co-owners are entitled to equal shares. Co-ownership inter vivos arises when two or more persons acquire or become entitled to property on their own account jointly, or when a party conveys property upon more than one person jointly. Co-ownership arises mortis causa when property devolves, whether on intestacy or by will, upon more than one person jointly. If the property subject to co-ownership is immovable, the rights of the co-owners shall be held on their behalf by a fiduciary through whom only they may act. In the case of immovable property held in co-ownership, unless all the co-owners agree to postpone the sale, such property shall be sold. If the co-owners do not agree to a private sale, or if one of them is subject to an incapacity such as minority or interdiction or is absent from Seychelles and is not represented therein by a duly appointed agent, the property shall be sold at a public auction. In this respect, articles 1686, 1687 and 1688 of this Code relating to licitation shall have application.Nevertheless, even if one or more of the co-owners is subject to an incapacity as aforesaid, or is absent from Seychelles, the property may be sold otherwise than by a public auction with the permission of the Court. A fiduciary, who may be a third party or one of the co-owners, shall be appointed by agreement of all the co-owners. If by reason of disagreement or absence or for any other cause all the co-owners are unable to agree upon a choice of a fiduciary, he shall be appointed by the Court.* The Court may also appoint a fiduciary on the application of an interested party.*Note to 1991 Ed: See Practice Direction 1 of 1989 (Subsidiary Legislation under this Chapter). If the property subject to co-ownership is movable, it shall not be necessary for a fiduciary to be appointed. The co-owners may, however, if they so wish, agree upon the appointment of a fiduciary, who may be either one of them or a third party. If by reason of disagreement or absence or for any other cause all the co-owners are unable to agree upon the appointment of a fiduciary, he shall be appointed by the Court on application of any co-owner. The Court may also appoint a fiduciary on the application of an interested party.When a fiduciary has been appointed under this article, he shall hold the rights of all the co-owners who may only act through him. Irrespective of whether movable property is held in co-ownership or not, the owner or co-owners thereof may entrust the property to a fiduciary to be held by him for some particular purpose or purposes. In such case, the property held by the fiduciary is called a fiduciary fund. It shall also require for its validity an authenticated notarial document which shall set out precisely the terms which shall bind the fiduciary. If the articles of this Chapter of this Code make no special provision, the rules of agency, as laid down in articles 2003 to 2010 of this Code, shall have application. More than one but not more than three fiduciaries either by name or by title may be appointed under this article.The transfer of the ownership of movable property to such fund shall not affect the possession of such property as provided by the rules relating to possession of movables contained in this Code. The functions of the fiduciary shall be to hold, manage and administer the property, honestly, diligently and in a business-like manner as if he were the sole owner of the property. He shall be bound to follow such instructions, directions and guidelines as are given to him in the document of appointment by the unanimous agreement, duly authenticated, of all the co-owners or by the Court. He shall have full powers to sell the property as directed by all the co-owners, and if he receives no such directions, to sell in accordance with the provisions contained in articles 819, 1686 and 1687 of this Code and also in accordance with the Immovable Property (Judicial Sales) Act, Cap. 94 as amended from time to time. Where a fiduciary wishes to proceed to the sale of property, he shall communicate to all those entitled a formal notice of the intended sale. The sale shall not take place until six months after such notice has been issued. However, the Court, upon application by a party may, on reasonable grounds, grant permission to sell the property earlier or later than the period of six months or without notice. A fiduciary shall be under a duty to render full and regular account of his management until such time as his functions are terminated. He shall be liable for any damage or loss sustained by the property. However, he may discharge such liability by showing that he has not deviated from the standard of reasonable care. He may also discharge that liability by showing that he has delegated his management to a competent business firm, bank or other reputable financial institution, or by taking out insurance cover up to the full extent of the assets included in his administration. Any agreement or stipulation limiting or excluding the duties or liabilities referred to in this article shall be null.A fiduciary shall be entitled to his reasonable expenses and any fees which may have been agreed upon or allowed by the Court. If the consent of a person to be appointed fiduciary has not been obtained, or if he dies or is imprisoned for a crime or becomes insolvent or subject to some incapacity or resigns or refuses to act prior to entering into his functions, or if any of the aforementioned circumstances occur after he has assumed the office of fiduciary, the co-owners may agree to appoint another. Failing such agreement the Court, at the request of an interested party, shall make such appointment as it considers fit and proper. The Court shall have wide powers, at the instance of an interested party or the Attorney-General, to make such orders relating to the appointment or dismissal of a fiduciary or to his management as it thinks fit, notwithstanding any term to the contrary in the instrument of appointment of such fiduciary. Where a fiduciary has given a discharge in respect of any asset, debt or obligation, or sold or otherwise disposed of property or any interest therein or part thereof or done any other act in relation to the property which he holds as fiduciary, in accordance with the terms of the instrument of appointment or with any order of the Court or with the provisions of the law, such discharge, sale, disposal or act shall have the same effect, in all respects, as if it had been given, made or done by all the co-owners whatever their status or capacity.He shall not be personally liable in respect of any act done or obligation incurred in the proper exercise of his functions. A fiduciary shall be entitled to full indemnity from the co-owners for acts properly done. Such co-owners shall be jointly and severally liable to the fiduciary for any loss which he incurs in the proper discharge of his duties: Provided that an heir or legatee shall not be liable to indemnify the fiduciary in respect of any such loss to a greater extent than the value of any benefit or benefits the heir or legatee may have received under the succession. A person or body acting as fiduciary shall not be personally liable to tax or succession duties in regard to the properties or other assets which he holds in that capacity. Neither shall such properties or assets be seized by any creditor of the fiduciary in satisfaction of any claim that he may have against such fiduciary. Except that the tax or succession duty exemption, as provided by this article, shall not be available to a fiduciary who has not deposited with the revenue authorities a written declaration under oath listing the persons beneficially entitled to any property that the fiduciary holds and the proportion of each person's interest. When an executor is appointed by will or upon intestacy, the provisions of Chapter V Section VIII of Title II of Book III of this Code relating to the appointment of executors shall also be applicable in addition to the provisions of this Chapter. In the case of the sale of a share by a co-owner to a third party, the other co-owners or any of them shall be entitled, within a period of ten years, to buy that share back by offering to such third party the value of the share at the time of such offer and the payment of all costs and dues of the transfer. In the case of a partition, the inequality of lots in kind may be made up by a payment either by way of annual payment or in cash in order to equalise the lots. [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule. Cap. 33] [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule. Cap. 33] [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule. Cap. 33] [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule. Cap. 33] [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule. Cap. 33] [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule. Cap. 33] [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule. Cap. 33] The gifts made over and above the donee's share, or without an obligation of return, shall not be retained, nor shall any legacies be claimed by the heir, except to the extent of the disposable portion; the excess shall be subject to a reduction. The heir who renounces the succession may, nevertheless, retain a gift inter vivos, or claim a legacy made to him, to the extent of the disposable portion. The donee, who was not heir presumptive when the gift was made, but who, at the opening of the succession, had become entitled to inherit, shall likewise return the gift unless the donor has dispensed with this obligation. The gifts and legacies made to the son of the person who has become entitled to inherit at the opening of the succession shall be deemed to have been made without obligation to return.The father coming to the succession of the donor shall not be compelled to return them. Similarly, the son coming, in his own right, to the succession of the donor shall not be compelled to return the gift made to his father, even if he has accepted the succession of the latter: but if the son only comes by representation, he shall return all that has been given to his father, even in the case in which he has repudiated his succession. The gifts and legacies made to a spouse of a person entitled to inherit shall be deemed to have been made without obligation to return.If gifts and legacies are made jointly to the two spouses of whom only one is entitled to inherit, he shall return one half; if the gifts are made to the spouse entitled to inherit, he shall return the whole. The return shall only be made to the succession of the donor. The return shall be due in respect of what has been used to set up in life or business one of the co-heirs and for the payment of his debts. The costs of food, maintenance, education, apprenticeship, the ordinary cost of fitting one out, those relating to the wedding or to usual gifts, shall not be returned. The same shall apply to the profits which the heir may have derived from the contracts which he made with the deceased, if these contracts conferred no indirect advantage when they were made. Similarly, no return shall take place in respect of partnerships entered into without fraud between the deceased and one of his heirs, if the terms had been settled by an authentic document. Property which perished by an inevitable accident and without the fault of the donee shall not be subject to a return.However, if that property has been replaced through the payment of an indemnity received by reason of the loss, the donee shall return it to the extent that the indemnity has been used for its replacement.If the indemnity was not used for that purpose, it shall itself be subject to a return. The profits and interests from things subject to a return shall only be due as from the day of the opening of the succession. A return shall only be due by a co-heir to his co-heir; it is not due to legatee nor to the creditors of the succession. The return shall be effected subject to a reduction equal to the gift. It shall not be demanded in kind unless the contrary has been stipulated in the document setting up the gift.In cases of such stipulation, any transfers and any real rights upon the gift created by the donee shall be extinguished by the effect of the return, unless the donor had given his consent to these transactions. The heir shall also be at liberty to return in kind the property given, if it still belongs to him, on condition that that property is free from any encumbrances or occupation which were not in existence when the gift was made. A return shall be due of the value of the property given at the time of such return, but in the condition in which the gift was made.If the property has been alienated before the return is called, account shall be taken of its value at the time of such alienation, and if other property replaced the property alienated, of the value of such other property when the return is called.The whole, subject to a contrary stipulation in the document setting up the gift.If, as a result of such stipulation, the value of the property subject to a return is smaller than the value of the property estimated in accordance with the rules of valuation provided by article 922 below, that difference shall be deemed to be an indirect advantage granted to the donee over and above his share. When the return is made in kind and the condition of the things returned has improved by an act of the donee, this shall be taken into account to the extent of the increase in value at the time of the return or of the alienation.The necessary expenses incurred by the donee for the preservation of the property, even if they did not improve it, shall also be taken into account. The co-heir who returns the property in kind may retain possession of the property given until the actual refund of the sums owed to him for expenses and improvements. The donee, on his side, shall, in the case of a return in kind, take into account the dilapidations and deteriorations which have reduced the value of the property given and which are due to his act or fault. A gift made by way of advance to an heir entitled to a reserve, who accepts the succession, shall be deducted from his share of the reserve, and if need be, from the disposable portion, unless there is agreement to the contrary in the document setting up the gift.The excess shall be subject to a reduction.The gift made by way of advance to an heir entitled to a reserve, who renounces the succession, shall be treated as a gift over the above the heir's share. A gift made over and above a share shall be deducted from the disposable portion. The excess shall be subject to reduction. Gifts made to a person entitled to succeed, or to such persons jointly, which exceed this disposable portion may be retained as a whole by the donees, whatever the excess, subject to the compensation of the co-heirs in money. When the legacies given to a person entitled to succeed, or to such persons jointly, relate to an item of property or several items making up a set, the value of which exceeds the disposable portion, the legatee or legatees may, whatever the excess, claim the whole of the gift subject to the compensation of the co-heirs in money. The same rule shall apply if the gift relates to movables which were jointly used by the deceased and the legatee. When the reduction is not demanded in kind, the donee or legatee shall be debtor in a sum equivalent to the excess of the gift which is to be reduced. This sum is estimated in accordance with the value of the objects of the gifts or legacies when the return is due, but in the condition in which they were when the gift was made.It shall be payable when the return is due to be made, unless the co-heirs otherwise agree. However, when the gift has as its object an item of property which may be subject to preferential allocation, the Court may grant time for payment, having regard to present interests, if they were not taken into account by the donor. The grant of such time shall in no circumstances defer payment of the sum beyond ten years from the opening of the succession. But in that case, if the economic circumstances increase or reduce the value of the property by more than a quarter since the return was called, the sums remaining outstanding shall be increased or be reduced in the same proportion; subject to any agreement of the parties that the original sum outstanding shall remain fixed.In the absence of agreement or contrary stipulation, these sums shall bear interest at the current rate established by law. The advantages resulting from the grant of time or the method of payment accepted shall not amount to a gift.In the case of a sale of the whole of an item of property given or bequeathed, the sums outstanding shall become immediately payable; in the case of part sales, the proceeds thereof shall be paid to the co-heirs and deducted from the sums which are still outstanding. The return of a sum of money shall be equal to its amount. Nevertheless, if it has been used to acquire property, the return due shall be of the value of that property in accordance with the provisions of article 860. Co-heirs shall contribute to the payment of debts and charges to the succession, each in proportion to his share. If an executor is in charge of the succession he shall pay all the debts of the succession and distribute to each person his portion minus his share of the deductions made. A legatee under universal title shall also contribute in proportion to what he takes; but the particular legatee shall not be liable for the debts and charges except, however, for money secured by mortgage upon the property bequeathed. When immovable property belonging to a succession is subject to annuities secured by a mortgage, the executor shall ensure the payment of such annuities as part of the administration of the estate.If the sale of the property is postponed, and the parties do not agree as to how the annuities are to be secured, the Court shall be requested to give instructions as provided under article 821 of this Code. If the succession consists of movables and no executor is appointed, the heirs shall be personally bound by the debts and charges of the succession; subject to their right to recover the appropriate share from either the co-heirs or the residuary legatees or legatees by universal title. [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule] [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule] [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule] Execution against the deceased shall be levied against the executor, or if there is no executor, against the heirs personally. Execution shall not be levied against the executor or the heirs before eight days have elapsed after due notification. Where an executor does not act, the creditors may in all cases demand against any other creditor the separation of the movable property of the deceased from that of the heir. This right shall not be exercised, however, if there is novation of the claim against the deceased through the acceptance of the heir as debtor. That right is subject to prescription, in relation to movable property, after five years. The creditors of the heirs shall not demand the separation of the movable property against the creditors of the succession. The creditors of a co-partitioner of movable property may, for the purposes of preventing any fraud in the partition to the detriment of their rights, object to the partition being made in their absence; they may intervene at their expense, but they shall not be entitled to re-open a partition of movables which has been completed unless it took place in their absence and in spite of any objection they may have lodged. [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule] [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule] [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule] [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule] A partition of movables may be rescinded for duress or fraud or lesion.The simple omission of an item of the succession shall not give rise to an action for rescission but only to an action for a supplement. The action for rescission shall be admitted against any transaction the object of which is to partition movable property amongst the co-heirs, even if it took the form of sale, exchange or compromise or some other form.But after the partition, or after the arrangement in lieu thereof has been carried out, the action for rescission shall no longer be admissible against a compromise concluded in respect of the substantial difficulties settled by that compromise, even if these difficulties had not been the subject of legal proceedings. The action shall not lie against a sale of rights of succession made without fraud to one of the co-heirs at his risk and peril by the other co-heirs or by one of them. In order to ascertain whether there is lesion of more than one half, the value of the property shall be calculated according to its condition at the time of the sale, as set out in article 1675 of this Code. The defendant in an action for rescission of a partition of movable property may request the Court to stay the proceedings, and thus prevent a new partition by offering and supplying to the plaintiff a supplement from his share in the succession, either in money or in kind. A co-heir who has alienated the whole or part of his share of movable property allocated to him shall not bring an action for rescission for fraud or duress if this alienation is subsequent to the discovery of the fraud or the discontinuance of the duress. A person may not make a disposition of property gratuitously otherwise than by a gift inter vivos or by will, and in the forms hereinafter established. A gift inter vivos is an act whereby the donor irrevocably divests himself of the ownership of the thing in favour of a donee who accepts it. A will is an act whereby a testator makes a disposition of the whole or part of his property to take effect upon his death, with power to revoke. Substitutions shall be prohibited.Any disposition of property whereby the donee, the appointed heir or the legatee are bound to preserve the property and pass it on to a third party shall be null, even in respect of the grant to the donee, the appointed heir or the legatee; except as provided in Chapter VI of this Title. [Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule] Any provision whereby a third party shall be entitled to receive the gift, inheritance or legacy in the case in which the donee, the appointed heir or the legatee do not receive it, shall not be regarded as a substitution and shall be valid. The same shall apply to the disposition inter vivos or by will whereby the usufruct is given to one person and the bare ownership to another. Only a person of sound mind may make a gift inter vivos or a will. Everyone may make a gift or receive one either by gift inter vivos or by will, except persons who are declared by law to be incapable thereof. A minor under sixteen years shall not dispose of any property except in accordance with Chapter IX of this Title. A minor who has reached his sixteenth birthday and who has not been emancipated shall only be allowed to dispose of his property by will and to the extent of one half of the property which the law permits person of full age to dispose of. [repealed by Status of Married Women Act Schedule I] A minor, even if he attains the age of sixteen years, shall not dispose of his property, even by will, in favour of his guardian.A minor who has reached full age or who has been emancipated shall not be able to dispose either by a gift inter vivos or by will, in favour of a person who has been his guardian, if the final account of the guardianship is not already rendered and audited; except that the rule in the two aforementioned cases shall not apply to the ascendants who are or may have been the guardians of those minors. Natural children shall not receive anything by way of gift inter vivos or by will from their father or mother beyond what is granted to them by the aforementioned articles 759 and 760 if the grantor was married to another person at the time of their conception.Nevertheless, the action for a reduction, shall only be brought by the spouse, or the issue of that marriage, as the case may be, but only after the opening of the succession. The provisions of the preceding article shall also apply even if the descent of the natural children, referred to above, is not legally established, as long as the evidence provided by the grant itself shows that it was the reason for making it. In dispositions inter vivos or by will, the expressions "son", "grandson", "children" and "grandchildren" without other addition or designation, shall be understood to cover both legitimate and natural descent unless the contrary may be presumed by the grant or the circumstances. Doctors, surgeons, health officers or pharmacists who may have treated a person during the illness of which he died, shall not benefit from any dispositions inter vivos which were made in their favour during the course of that illness. Subject to the following exceptions— The same rules shall apply to ministers of religion. Disposition inter vivos or by will in favour of homes for the poor or in favour of charities or bodies of public utility shall generally be valid unless the law provides that certain bodies may only accept after previous authorisation. A disposition in favour of a person subject to some incapacity shall be null, whether disguised in the form of an onerous contract or effected through an intermediary.The father and mother, the children and the descendants, as well as the spouse, of a person subject to an incapacity shall be deemed to be intermediaries. [repealed by Civil Code (Amendment) Act. (1971 Ed.)] Gift inter vivos or by will shall not exceed one half of the property of the donor, if he leaves at death one child; one third, if he leaves two children; one fourth, if he leaves three or more children;there shall be no distinction between legitimate and natural children except as provided by article 915 - 1.Nothing in this Article shall be construed as preventing a person from making a gift inter vivos or by will in the terms of article 1048 of this Code. In the preceding article the term 'children' shall include descendants of all degrees; nevertheless they shall only be taken into account in the place of the child whom they represent in the succession of the donor. When a natural child whose father or mother was married at the time of conception to another person, becomes entitled to the succession of his parent along with the legitimate children of that marriage, he shall be taken into account in the calculation of the disposable portion; but his part of the reserve shall only be equal to one half of what he would have receive if all the children, including the natural child, had been legitimate.The fraction of his part of the reserve, which represents the reduction, shall accrue exclusively to the children of the marriage which has been affected by the adultery; it shall be divided in equal shares. If a natural child is in need and his share is reduced through the application of articles 759 and 760, he may waive his share in favour of the heirs in return for maintenance.The heirs may, however, avoid the payment of maintenance by granting to the child part of the estate equal to the value of his share under articles 759 and 760. In the absence of any ascendants and descendant, gifts inter vivos or by will may exhaust the entire property. If the disposition inter vivos or by will relates to a usufruct or to a life annuity the value of which exceeds the disposable portion, the heirs in whose favour the law establishes a reserve shall have the option either to execute that disposition or to give up the ownership of the disposable portion. The value of full ownership of the property alienated, whether subject to a life annuity or absolutely or subject to a usufruct in favour of one of the persons entitled to take under the succession in the direct line, shall be set against the disposable portion; the excess, if any, shall be returned to the estate. This calculation and return shall not be demanded by other persons entitled to take under the succession in the direct line who have agreed to the alienation, and in no circumstances by those entitled in the collateral line. Dispositions either inter vivos or by will which exceed the disposable portion shall be liable to be reduced to the size of that portion at the opening of the succession. The reduction of dispositions inter vivos shall only be demanded by those in whose favour the law has provided the reserve, by their heirs or assigns; donees, legatees and creditors of the deceased shall not demand it nor shall they benefit from it. The reduction shall be made by taking into account the total asset value of all the property existing at the death of the donor or the testator.After a deduction of the debts, the assets given by way of a gift inter vivos according to their condition when the gift was made and their value at the opening of the succession are added together. If the property has been alienated, its value at the time of the alienation and, if there is subrogation, the value of the converted property is taken into account when the succession opens.The disposable portion of which the deceased was entitled to dispose shall be calculated on the basis of all these assets having regard to the class of heirs whom the deceased has left. Gifts inter vivos shall only be affected by a reduction if the value of all the property included in the testamentary dispositions is insufficient; if the gifts inter vivos must be reduced, the process of reduction shall start from the last gift following a backward order to the earliest gift. The heir entitled to a reserve who receives by a gift over and above his disposable portion, and who accepts the succession, shall contribute to the reduction in value as stated in article 866; if his right to the reserve is so affected, he shall take less.He may claim all the items bequeathed if the part subject to the reduction does not exceed his share of the reserve. When the value of gifts inter vivos exceeds or is equal to the disposable portion all the testamentary dispositions shall lapse. When the testamentary dispositions exceeds either the disposable portion or the part of that portion which would remain after deducting the value of the gifts inter vivos, the reduction shall be made pro rata without distinguishing between universal and particular legacies. Nevertheless, in all cases in which the testator has expressly declared that a particular legacy shall take priority over the others that priority shall be observed; and the legacy to which it applies shall only be reduced to the extent that the value of the other legacies does not come up to the legal reserve. The donee shall restore the income from any item which exceeds the disposable portion, counting from the day of the death of the donor, if the demand for a reduction is made within the year; if not, as from the day of the demand. Real rights created upon the property by the donee shall be extinguished by the effect of the reduction. Nevertheless, these rights shall survive if the donor has agreed to them in the document of their creation or by a subsequent document. The donee, in that case, shall be answerable for the consequent reduction in the value of that property. A gift inter vivos shall not be binding upon the donor and shall have no effect until accepted in express terms.The acceptance may be made in the lifetime of the donor by a subsequent authentic document an original copy of which shall be kept by the notary; but the gift shall only have effect with regard to the donor as from the day that he receives notice of the document of acceptance. If the donee is of full age, the acceptance shall be made by him or in his name by the person holding his power of attorney conferring power to accept the gift made or general powers to accept gifts which may be made.This power of attorney shall be effected by notarial deed in accordance with law; and a certified copy shall be annexed to the original document of the gift or to the original of the acceptance if made by a separate document. [repealed by Status of Married Women Act Schedule I] A gift made to a non-emancipated minor or to a interdicted person shall be accepted by his guardian in accordance with article 463 of the Title Minority, Guardianship and Emancipation.Nevertheless, the father and mother of the non-emancipated minor, or the other ascendants, even during the lifetime of the father and mother, may accept on his behalf although they are not guardians of the minor. A deaf-mute who knows how to write may accept in person or through an authorised proxy.If he does not know how to write the acceptance shall be made by a guardian appointed for that purpose in accordance with the rules laid down in the Title Minority, Guardianship and Emancipation. Gifts in favour of homes for the poor or in favour of charities or bodies of public utility shall be accepted by the administrations of such authorities or bodies unless the law provides that the acceptance requires prior authorisation. A gift duly accepted shall be perfect by the mere consent of the parties; and the ownership of things given shall be transferred to the donee without any delivery being required. When the gift is of property capable of being mortgaged the documents containing the gift and the acceptance, as well as the notification of the acceptance if made by a separate document, shall be registered and transcribed at the Office of the Registrar-General.When such property is subject to registration under the Land Registration Act Cap. 107, or any law amending or replacing that Act, the gift shall not have effect until duly registered thereunder. When a gift is made to minors, interdicted persons or to public bodies, the transcription shall be made at the instance of guardians or of administrators of such bodies. The failure to effect the transcription may be relied upon by all persons having a lawful interest, with the exception, however, of those responsible for causing the transcription to be done or their assigns, and the donor. Minors and interdicted persons shall not have a claim for restitution in the absence of acceptance or transcription of the gift; but in such a case they shall have a remedy against their guardians, without however being able to obtain restitution, even if the said guardians should be insolvent. A gift inter vivos shall only include the present property of the donor; if it includes future property it shall be null to that extent. A gift inter vivos made subject to a condition the fulfilment of which depends entirely upon the will of the donor shall be null. It shall also be null if it is made subject to a condition that the donee should discharge debts or liabilities other than those existing at the time of the gift or inserted either in the document of the gift or in the estimate annexed to it. When the donor reserves to himself the liberty to dispose of an item included in the gif, or of a fixed sum out of the property given and he dies without having made such a disposition, the said item or the said sum shall belong to the heirs of the donor, notwithstanding any provisions and stipulations to the contrary. The four preceding articles shall not apply to gifts referred to in Chapters VIII and IX of this Title. Every document of a gift of movable property shall only be valid for the items for which an estimate, signed by the donor and the donee or by those who accept on their behalf, is annexed to the original document of the gift. The donor shall be at liberty to reserve for his benefit or to dispose for the benefit of another of the enjoyment or of the usufruct of the movable or immovable property given. When a gift of movable property is made with a reservation of a usufruct the donee shall be bound at the expiry of the usufruct to take the items given which are found in kind in such condition as they happens to be; and he shall have a right of action against the donor or his heirs for any missing items up to the limit of their value as stated in the estimate. The donor may stipulate for the right to the return of the items given on the ground of the earlier death of the donee alone or on the ground of the earlier death of the donee and his descendants.That right shall be stipulated for the benefit of the donor alone. The effect of the right of return shall be to cancel all transfers of the property given and to cause that property to revert to the donor free from all liabilities and mortgages. A gift inter vivos may only be revoked by reason of the failure to fulfil the conditions subject to which it was made, by reason of ingratitude, or by reason of the subsequent birth of children. In the case of a revocation by reason of the failure to fulfil the conditions, the property shall revert to the donor free from all encumbrances and mortgages created by the donee; and the donor shall have, against third party holders of immovable property given, all the rights which he would have had against the donee himself. A gift inter vivos shall not be revoked by reason of ingratitude except in the following cases: Revocation shall not occur by reason only of a failure to fulfill the conditions or by reason only of ingratitude. The demand to revoke by reason of ingratitude shall be subject to the general rule of prescription. Such prescription shall run as from the day of the wrong of which the donor accuses the donee or as from the day on which the wrong comes to the donor's notice.The revocation shall not be demanded by the donor against the heirs of the donee, nor by the heirs of the donor against the donee, unless, in latter case, the action had been brought by the donor or the donor died in the course of the five years since the wrong. The revocation by reason of ingratitude shall be without prejudice either to the transfers made by the donee or the mortgages and other real charges which the latter may have created upon the object of the gifts provided that these rights were granted or created prior to the inscription, in the margin of the transcription prescribed in article 939 of this Code, of the demand of revocation at the Office of the Registrar-General.In case of revocation the donee shall be condemned to restore the value of the objects alienated, having regard to the time of the demand and the income therefrom as from the day of such demand. Gifts in favour of marriage shall not be recoverable by reason of ingratitude. All gifts inter vivos made by persons who had not children or descendants living when the gift was made, whatever the value of these gifts, and whatever the reason for making them, even if they were mutual or made in consideration of services rendered, even those made in favour of marriage by persons other than the ascendants to the spouses, or by the spouses to each other, shall stand revoked ipso facto by the subsequent birth of a legitimate child of the donor, even if the child is born after the death of the donor, or by the legitimation of a natural child by subsequent marriage, provided the child is born since the gift was made. This revocation shall have effect even if the child of the donor had been conceived when the gift was made. The gift shall likewise remain revoked, even if the donee had taken possession of the gift given and if it had not been taken away by the donor since the subsequent birth of the child; nevertheless the donee shall not be bound to restore the income he received, whatever its nature, until the day on which he is notified by a summons or other lawful notice of the birth of the child or of its legitimation by a subsequent marriage; and this, even if the demand to retake possession of the gift in subsequent to that notification. The property included in the gift so revoked ipso facto shall revert to the donor free from all encumbrances and mortgages created by the donee. Gifts so revoked shall not revive or recover their effects anew either by the death of the child of the donor or by any document of confirmation; and if the donor wants to give the same property to the same donee, whether before or after the death of the child whose birth revoked the gift, he may only do so by a new disposition. Any term or agreement whereby the donor waives his right to revoke the gift by reason of the subsequent birth of a child shall be deemed null and shall have no effect. The donee, his heirs or assigns or other holders of gifts shall not plead prescription to validate the gift revoked by reason of the subsequent birth of a child, except after possession of twenty years which shall only start to run from the day of the birth of the last child of the donor, even if born after the death of the donor; and this without prejudice to any interruptions of prescription imposed by law. Every person may dispose of his property by will, either by appointing an heir, or by granting legacies, or in any other appropriate form of declaration of intention. Two or more persons shall not make a will by the same document, either for the benefit of a third party or by way of reciprocal and mutual dispositions. A will may be a holograph or authentic or secret. A holograph will shall only be valid if it is wholly written, dated and signed by the hand of the testator; it shall be subject to no other form. If a will is to be received in accordance with the provisions of article 971 the testator shall dictate it. The notary, or one of the notaries if two are present, shall write it himself, or he shall cause it to be written, by hand or typewriter. The will shall then be read back to the testator. Express mention shall be made in the will that the above forms were complied with. This will shall be signed by the testator in the presence of the notaries or of the witnesses and the notary; if the testator declares that he cannot or does not know how to sign, the declaration shall be expressly mentioned in the will as well as the cause which prevented him from signing. The will shall be signed by the notaries or by the witnesses and by the notary, as the case may be. Neither the legatees, under whatever title they may take, nor their relatives by blood or marriage up to the fourth degree inclusive, nor the clerks of notaries who draw up the will shall act as witnesses of an authentic will. If the testator wants to make a secret will, the paper on which the dispositions will be written, or the paper which will be used as cover, if any, shall be closed, stuck and sealed.The testator shall deliver it thus closed, stuck and sealed to the notary and two witnesses, or he shall cause it to be closed, stuck and sealed in their presence and he shall declare that the contents of that paper consist of his will signed by him, and written by him or by another, and he shall affirm, in the latter case, that he has personally verified the text; he shall indicate, in any event, the type of writing used (by hand or typewriter).The notary shall draw up a memorandum of confirmation which he shall write or shall cause to be written by hand or typewriter on that paper, or on the paper which serves as cover, and it shall bear the date and the indication of the place where it was drawn up, as well as a mention of all the above forms; that memorandum shall be signed by the testator as well as by the notary and the witnesses.All the above shall be done consecutively and without attending to other business.If the testator, through an impediment subsequent to the signing of the will, cannot sign the memorandum of confirmation, mention shall be made of the statement to that effect and of the reason which he has given therefor. If the testator does not know how to sign, or if he was unable to do so when he caused his dispositions to be written, the procedure shall be the same as in the preceding article; in addition to this, mention shall be made in the memorandum of confirmation that the testator has declared that he does not know how to write, or that he was unable to do so when he caused his dispositions to be written. Persons who do not know how or are unable to read shall not make dispositions in the form of a secret will. If the testator is unable to speak but can write he may make a secret will on the express condition that the will is signed by him and written by him or another, that he shall deliver it to the notary and to the witnesses, and that at the top of the memorandum of confirmation he will write, in their presence that the paper which he is delivering is his will and he will sign it. Mention shall be made in the memorandum of confirmation that the testator has written and signed these words in the presence of the notary and the witnesses, and everything laid down in article 976 shall be further complied with insofar as it is not inconsistent with this article.In all cases provided by this article or the preceding articles, however, the secret will, in respect of which the lawful procedure has not been complied with and which will be null as such, shall be valid as a holograph will if all the conditions required for its validity as a holograph will are fulfilled, even if it is called a secret will. The witnesses summoned to be present when a will is drawn up shall be persons of full age, capable of signing, and not subject to any incapacity. They may be either sex, but husband and wife shall not be witnesses to the same will. Wills of army, navy and air force personnel, and of persons employed by the forces may be received either by a superior officer or an army doctor of a corresponding rank in the presence of two witnesses; or they may be received by two administrative clerks or officers; or by one of these clerks or officers in the presence of two witnesses; or, finally, in an isolated unit, by the officer commanding that unit assisted by two witnesses, if in that unit there is no superior officer or army doctor.The will of the officer commanding an isolated unit may be received by the officer who is second in command according to service regulations.The capacity to act as witness in the conditions provided by the present article shall extend to captured prisoners of war. The wills referred to in the preceding article may, further, if the testator is ill or wounded, be received in hospitals or first aid units, as defined by the regulations of the armed forces, by the doctor in charge, of whatever rank, assisted by an administrative officer.In the absence of such administrative officer, the presence of two witnesses shall be necessary. In all cases, the wills referred to in the two preceding articles shall be drawn up in duplicate original copies.If this form could not be complied with by reason of the physical condition of the testator, a certified copy of the will shall be drawn up, which will replace the second original copy; that certified copy shall be signed by the witnesses and by the participating officers. Mention shall be made of the reasons which have prevented the drawing up of the second original copy.As soon as communications are re-established, and within the shortest possible time-limit, the two original copies, or the original and the certified copy of the will, shall be dispatched, separately and by different messengers, under closed cover and sealed, to the headquarters for the purpose of being deposited with the notary indicated by the testator or, in the absence of such an indication, with the Registrar of the Supreme Court. A will made in the form laid down above shall be null six months after the testator comes to a place where he is at liberty to use the ordinary forms, unless he is once again placed, before the expiry of that period, in the same circumstances which permitted him to make the aforementioned will. Wills made in a place with which all communications have been interrupted on account of the plague or other contagious disease may be made before a judicial or Government officer in the presence of two witnesses.This provision shall apply to persons who are infected by these disease as well as to those who are in infected areas, even if they are not, in fact, ill. Wills made on an island on which there are no notaries may be received by a judicial or Government officer or by the manager or assistant manager of that island, provided that it is impossible or dangerous to communicate with a larger centre of population in which notarial offices are available. The impossibility or danger of communication shall be certified on the will by the person who received it. The wills mentioned in the two preceding articles shall become null six months after the re-establishment of the communications with the place where the testator is, or six months after he moves to a place with which there is no interruption of communications. In the course of a voyage by sea, whether the ship is in port or not, if the ship is abroad, the will may be received in the presence of two witnesses by the captain or the purser or another officer.Likewise, in the course of a journey by air, the will may be received by a captain, pilot or other officer in the presence of two witnesses.The will shall indicate the circumstances in which it has been received. On board a ship of the naval forces, a will shall be received in the manner laid down by the ship's regulations, in the absence of which the rules of the previous article shall be followed. In all cases the wills mentioned in the above articles shall be drawn in duplicate originals, unless this is impossible in the circumstances. In that case, mention of the reason why a single document only was drawn up shall be made therein. At the first port of call of a ship or aircraft where a Seychelles Consular Authority exists, one of the two originals of the will, if this requirement has been complied with, shall be delivered in a sealed cover to an officer in charge who shall transmit it through the proper channels to the Registrar of the Supreme Court. Upon arrival of the ship or aircraft at its home port, the other original, if two were drawn up, shall be sent by registered post, sealed, to the Registrar of the Supreme Court. [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule. Cap. 33] Wills made on board a ship or an aircraft shall only be valid if the testator dies in the course of the journey, or within six months after the end of such journey. If the testator disembarks in a place where there are no means of making a will, his will shall remain valid until six months after he returns to a place where he is in a position to make an ordinary will. Dispositions inserted in a will, made in the course of a voyage by sea or air, for the benefit of officers or employees serving on the vessel or aircraft, shall be null except where such persons are related to the testator. This rule shall apply, even if the testator has made a holograph will. [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule] Wills included in the aforementioned articles of this Section shall be read back to the testator and shall be signed by those who receive them and by the witnesses.Mention shall be made thereon that the will has been read back to the testator. If the testator declares that he is physically unable to sign or that he does not know how to do so, mention shall be made of that declaration as well as of the reasons which prevented him from signing.In the case in which two witnesses must be present, the will shall be signed by at least one of them, and mention shall be made of the reason why the other did not sign. A person whose domicile is in Seychelles and who finds himself in a foreign country may make his will by a document under private signature as provided by article 970 of this Code, or in accordance with the law of that country. Wills made abroad shall only be executed in respect of property situated in Seychelles if declared and registered at the Office of the Registrar-General. The forms to which various types of will are subject, as provided in this Section and in the preceding Section shall be complied with under penalty of nullity. Dispositions by will are universal or by universal title or by particular title.Each of these dispositions, whether made under the designation of the appointment of heirs or under the designation of legacies, shall have effect in accordance with the rules hereafter established for universal legacies, for legacies by universal title and for particular legacies. A universal legacy is a disposition by will whereby the testator gives to one or several persons in the capacity of residuary legatees the whole of the property which he will leave at his death. [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule. Cap. 33] [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule. Cap. 33] [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule. Cap. 33] A holograph will, before being executed, shall be presented to a Judge of the Supreme Court. The will shall be opened if sealed. The Judge shall draw up the report of the presentation and of the opening and of the condition of the will and he shall order that it is deposited with a notary appointed by him.If the will is a secret one, the presentation, opening, description and deposit shall be made in the same manner; but the opening shall only take place in the presence of one of the two notaries and of the witnesses who signed the memorandum of confirmation, if they are available and may conveniently attend. [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule] Legacies by universal title are those whereby the testator bequeaths an aliquot share of the property of which the law permits him to dispose, such as of one half or of one third, or of all the immovable property, or of all the movable property, or of an aliquot share upon all his immovable or movable property.All other legacies shall be particular legacies. When the succession consists of movable property only, legatees by universal title shall be seised of the right to the property bequeathed in the condition in which it is, together with all its necessary accessories, and with the right to obtain payment and to prosecute all claims resulting from the legacy without being obliged to obtain legal delivery.If the succession consists of movable and immovable property or of immovables only, they shall not be seised of any property, but their rights shall be exercised against the executor, acting as fiduciary as provided in Chapter VI of Title I, and Chapter V Section VII of Title II, of Book III of this Code. When the testator has only disposed of part of the disposable portion, and has done so by universal title, the legatee shall be bound to contribute, with the natural heirs, to the payment of the particular legacies. This obligation shall be discharged by him personally if the succession consists of movable property only; it shall be discharged by the executor if the succession includes immovable property. A pure and simple legacy shall give to the legatee a right to the property bequeathed. He shall be seised of the right to the property, if the succession consists of movables only. If it includes immovables, his claim shall be for money to be exercised against the executor as fiduciary in respect of the succession that the latter holds, with a view to the distribution to those entitled under the will and by law.The right or claim of the legatee shall be transmissible to his heirs and assigns. The interest or income of the property bequeathed shall run for the benefit of the legatee as from the day of death, even if the legatee has not yet lodged his claim in court: The costs incurred by a legatee which are incidental to his obtaining the property to which he is entitled under the will, including registration dues, if any, shall fall upon the legatee unless the will provides otherwise. If the succession consists of movable property only, the heirs of the testator and those liable to pay a legacy shall be personally bound to pay it, each in proportion to what he takes of the succession.If the succession includes immovables, the liability shall fall upon the executor of the will, as provided in Chapter VI of Title I, and Chapter V Section VII of Title II, of Book III of this Code. If the property bequeathed is to be delivered in kind, it shall be delivered with its accessories and in the condition in which it is found at the death of the donor. When immovable property subject to a legacy has been subsequently enlarged by further acquisitions, these shall not be deemed to become part of the legacy without a new disposition of the testator, even if the properties are adjacent.It shall be otherwise if improvements or new structures have been made upon the property subject to the legacy, or if a fence has been used to enlarge the property. If prior to the will or thereafter the property bequeathed had been mortgaged to secure a debt of the succession, or even of a third party, or if it is subject to a usufruct, the person who is bound to pay the legacy shall not be compelled to do so free from these encumbrances, unless this has been expressly stated by the testator in a special disposition. If the testator bequeaths property belonging to another the legacy shall be null, whether the testator knew or did not know that the property did not belong to him. If the legacy relates to indeterminate goods the person bound to deliver them need not deliver goods of the best quality; but neither shall he deliver the worst. A legacy granted in favour of a creditor shall not be deemed to be in discharge of his claim, nor shall a legacy to a domestic servant be deemed to be in discharge of wages due. A particular legatee shall not be bound by the debts of the succession but he may be liable to a reduction, as has been stated above. The testator may appoint not more than three testamentary executors. Any executors appointed shall act as fiduciaries with regard to the rights of the persons entitled under the will, as provided by this Code, and also with regard to the distribution of the inheritance. The appointment of such executors shall be confirmed by the Court. If the succession consists of immovable property, or of both immovable and movable property, and if the testator has not appointed a testamentary executor or if an executor so appointed has died or if the deceased has left no will, the Court shall appoint such an executor, at the instance of any person or persons having a lawful interest. A legal person may be appointed to act as an executor. But a person who is subject to some legal incapacity may not be so appointed. The duties of an executor shall be to make an inventory of the succession to pay the debts thereof, and to distribute the remainder in accordance with the rules of intestacy, or the terms of the will, as the case may be.He shall be bound by any debts of the succession only to the extent of its assets shown in the inventory.The manner of payment of debts and other rights and duties of the executor, insofar as they are not regulated by this Code, whether directly or by analogy to the rights and duties of successors to movable property, shall be settled by the Court. The executor, in his capacity as fiduciary of the succession, shall also be bound by all the rules laid down in this Code under Chapter VI of Title I of Book III relating to the functions and administration of fiduciaries, insofar as they may be applicable. Executors shall represent the estate in all legal proceedings, and shall act in any legal action the purpose of which is to declare the will null. At the end of their function, they shall render account of their administration as provided for fiduciaries in the Chapter referred to in article 1028 [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule. Cap. 33] [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule. Cap. 33] The powers and duties of the executor shall not be transmissible to his heirs. If two or more executors have accepted the appointment, one on his own may act in the absence of the other or on his failure to act; they shall also be jointly and severally liable for the execution of the will unless there is agreement to the contrary. The costs incurred by the executor in the administration of the estate, and any other necessary expenses incurred, such as the affixing of seals, the drawing-up of the inventory and other costs relating to his functions, shall burden the succession. A will shall only be revoked, wholly or in part, by a subsequent will or by a notarial document containing a declaration of a change of intention. A subsequent will which does not expressly revoke an earlier will shall only annul the latter insofar as dispositions are incompatible with or contrary to the dispositions of the most recent will. A revocation made in a subsequent will shall have full effect although that will is inoperative owing to the incapacity of the appointed heir or legated or owing to their refusal to accept the succession. Every transfer, even a sale subject to an option to repurchase or an exchange, which the testator may make of the whole or of part of the property bequeathed shall carry with it the revocation of the legacy to the extent of the transfer, even if the subsequent transfer is null and the property has reverted to the testator. Every testamentary disposition shall be null if the person in whose favour it was made does not survive the testator. Every testamentary disposition made subject to a condition depending upon an uncertain event and which, according to the intention of the testator, must only be executed if the event occurs or does not occur, shall be null if the appointed heir or legatee dies before the condition is satisfied. The condition which, according to the intention of the testator, only postpones the execution of the disposition shall not prevent the appointed heir or the legatee from acquiring a right which is transmissible to his heirs. The legacy shall be null if the property bequeathed has totally perished in the lifetime of the testator.The same shall apply if it has perished since his death without any act or fault of the executor, even if the latter has been late in effecting delivery, provided that the property would have equally perished in the hands of the legatee. A testamentary disposition shall be null if the appointed heir or the legatee repudiates it or if he is subject to some incapacity with regard to receiving under it. If a legacy is bequeathed to several persons in common, the share of the legatee who repudiates it shall be used to increase the share of the others.A legacy shall be deemed to have been bequeathed in common when it arises from one and the same disposition and the testator does not allocate a part of the property bequeathed to each of the co-legatees. It shall also be deemed to have been bequeathed in common when a thing which cannot be divided without suffering some detriment is bequeathed by the same will to several persons, even by separate dispositions. The same grounds which, following article 954 and the first two provisions of article 955, authorise the demand for revocation of a gift inter vivos shall be admitted in respect of the demand for revocation of testamentary dispositions. The demand for revocation, in accordance with the preceding article, shall be subject to the general rules of prescription. The dispositions permitted under the two preceding articles shall only be valid to the extent that gift over is for the benefit of all the children born or to be born of the person subject to such gift over without any exclusion or preference by age or sex. If, in the aforementioned cases, the person subject to the gift over in favour of his children dies leaving children of the first degree and descendants of a child that has predeceased him, such descendants shall obtain, by representation, the share of the predeceased child. If the child, brother or sister to whom property was given by an act inter vivos without the property being subject to a gift over accepts another gift made by an act inter vivos or by will subject to a condition that the property previously donated should be subject to such gift over, he shall not be permitted to divide the two dispositions made in his favour and to waive the second so that he may keep the first, even if he is willing to return the property included in the second disposition. The rights of the remainder men shall take effect when the enjoyment of the child, brother or sister subject to the gift over, for whatever reason, ceases; the anticipatory waiver of the enjoyment in favour of the remainder men shall not prejudice the creditors who acquired their rights towards the person subject to the gifts over prior to the waiver. [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule] A person who makes the dispositions permitted by the preceding articles may, in the same document or by a subsequent document in authentic form, appoint a guardian charged with the execution of these dispositions: this guardian may only be exempted on one of the grounds laid down in Section VI of Chapter II of the Title Minority, Guardianship and Emancipation. The person subject to a gift over who has not complied with the preceding article shall forfeit the benefit of the disposition; and in that case, the right shall be declared capable of vesting in the remainder men either at the instance of the remainder men themselves if of full age, or of their guardian or curator if they are minors or of full age but incapacitated, or even ex-officio at the instance of the Attorney-General at the Court of the district in which the succession is opened. After the death of the person who made a disposition subject to a gift over, the procedure to be followed shall be in the ordinary form with an inventory of all the property and effects of which the succession consists, with the exception, however, of the case of a specific legacy. That inventory shall contain an accurate valuation of the movable property and effects. It shall be made at the instance of the person subject to the gift over, and within a time-limit fixed in the Title Succession in the presence of the guardian appointed for the execution. The costs shall burden the property which is subject to the disposition. If the inventory was not made at the instance of the person subject to the gift over within the aforementioned time-limit, it shall be made in the following month at the instance of the guardian appointed for the execution in the presence of the person subject to the gift over or of his guardian. If the two preceding articles have not been complied with, the same inventory shall be made at the instance of persons designated in article 1057 by summoning the person subject to the gift over or his guardian and the guardian appointed for the execution. The person subject to the gift over shall be bound to proceed to the sale by auction, after giving public notice, of all the movable property and effects included in the disposition, with the exception nevertheless of those items of which mention is made in the two articles below. The movable furniture and other movable things which are included in the disposition, subject to an express condition to preserve them in kind, shall be delivered in such condition as they may be at the time of the delivery. Animals and agricultural implements serving to put the land into good use shall be deemed to be included in the gifts inter vivos or by will of the said land; and the person subject to the gift over shall only be bound to obtain a valuation and an estimate for the purpose of delivering equal value when the gift over takes effect. The person subject to the gift over shall invest, within a time-limit of six months starting from the day of the closing of the inventory, the cash proceeds from the sale of such movable property and effects and the sums received from any assets.This time-limit may be extended if necessary. The person subject to the gift over shall also be bound to invest funds coming from assets which are recovered and from the receipt of annuities; and this within a maximum of three months after such funds are received. This investment shall be made in accordance with the instructions of the person who made the disposition if he has specified the nature of the property in which the investment is to be made; if not, it shall be made in immovable property or by way of mortgages or privileges upon immovable property or in an investment fund managed by a bank or other reputable institution; but in the case of an investment fund, the prior authorisation of a Judge shall be required. The investment regulated by the preceding articles shall be made in the presence of and at the instance of the guardian appointed for the execution. The execution of dispositions by an act inter vivos or by will subject to a gift over shall be made at the instance of the persons subject to such gift over or of the guardian appointed for the execution thereof, and shall be given public effect, in respect of immovable property, by the transcription of the documents in the Office of the Registrar-General and, in respect of sums secured by a charge upon immovable property, by an inscription upon the property subject to it. The failure to effect a transcription of the document containing the disposition may be pleaded by the creditor against third party purchasers, and even against minors or incapacitated persons of full age, subject to the right of such persons to sue the person subject to the gift over and the guardian for the execution; and the minor, or the incapacitated person of full age, shall not be entitled to restitution, of which he is deprived by reason of the failure to effect the transcription, even if the person subject to the gift over, or the guardian, turn out to be insolvent. The failure to effect a transcription shall not be remedied or presumed as inoperative by the knowledge that the creditor, or any third party purchasers, may have had of the disposition through channels other than the transcription. The donees, the legatees and even the lawful heirs of the person who made the disposition, and similarly their donees, legatees or heirs, shall not in any circumstances plead the failure of the transcription or inscription against the remainder men. The guardian appointed for the execution shall be personally liable if he has not, in all respects, complied with the aforementioned rules established for the purpose of identifying the property for the sale of movable property, for the investment of sums, for the transcription and inscription and, in general, if he has not taken all necessary steps so that the duty to pass the gift over is properly and faithfully discharged. If the person subject to the gift over is a minor, he shall not be entitled to restitution if there has been a failure to comply with the rules prescribed by the articles of this Chapter even if his guardian is insolvent. Any person shall be entitled to make a distribution or partition of his property among his heirs and legatees. These partitions may be made by an act inter vivos or by will, subject to the same forms, conditions and rules as for gifts inter vivos or by will.A partition made by an act inter vivos shall only apply to present property. If all the property which any person may leave on the day of his death has not been included in the partition, that part which was not so included shall be divided in accordance with the law. If the partition is not made amongst all the children living at the time of the death and the descendants of those children who have pre-deceased, it shall be null only if that partition cannot be amended or supplemented. The amendment, if feasible, or otherwise a new partition, shall be made at the instance of the children or the descendants, whether they have received anything or not. A partition made by a person may not be vitiated for lesion of more than one quarter. If one of the co-partitioners derives a greater benefit over the others than the law permits, as a result of a disposition over and above his share, and if the extra benefit so derived encroaches upon the reserved portion of one of the co-partitioners, the partition shall be amended and the portion completed. The person who starts proceedings against the partition on any of the aforementioned grounds shall make an advance payment of the costs of the valuation and he shall incur them definitely, as well as the costs of the litigation, if his demand does not succeed. Every gift inter vivos of present property, even if made by an antenuptial marriage settlement, in favour of the spouses or one of them shall be subject to the general rules applicable to gifts inter vivos.It shall not be made in favour of the children to be born, except in the cases specified in Chapter VI of this Title. A gift made in the form specified in the preceding article shall be irrevocable only in the sense that the donor shall no longer dispose gratuitously of property included in the gift except in small amounts by way of reward or otherwise. A gift by an antenuptial marriage settlement may be made by accumulation with regard to present and future property, as a whole or in part, on condition that a statement of the debts and liabilities of the donor at the time of the gift be appended to it; in that case, the donee shall be at liberty, when the donor dies, to claim the present property and waive the surplus of the property of the donor. If the statement of the aforementioned article has not been appended to the document setting up the gift of present and future property, the donee shall be bound to accept or to repudiate that gift as a whole. In case of acceptance, he shall only claim the property which is found to exist at the death of the donor and he shall be liable to pay all the debts and liabilities of the succession. A gift by an antenuptial marriage settlement in favour of the spouses and the future children of their marriage may also be made on condition that the donee shall pay without distinction, all the debts and liabilities of the succession of the donor, or subject to other conditions the fulfilment of which depends on the donor's will, whoever that donor may be: the donee shall be bound to fulfil these conditions unless he prefers to renounce the gift; and if the donor, by an antenuptial marriage settlement, has reserved for himself the liberty to dispose of an item included in the gift of his present property, or of a fixed sum to be paid out of the same property, the item or the sum, if he dies without having disposed of them, shall be deemed to be included in the gift and shall belong to the donee or to his heirs. Gifts made by antenuptial marriage settlements shall not be vitiated or declared null on the ground that they have not been accepted. A gift made in favour of a marriage shall lapse if the marriage does not take place. Gifts made to one of the spouses in the terms of the aforementioned articles 1082, 1084 and 1086 shall lapse if the donor survives the donee-spouse and his issue. All gifts made to spouses by their antenuptial marriage settlement shall be subject, upon the opening of the succession of the donor, to a reduction to the extent of the portion of which the law permits him to dispose. The spouses may, by an antenuptial marriage settlement, make mutually or one to the other such gifts as they may deem proper, subject to the rules hereafter laid down. No gift inter vivos of present property made between the spouses by an antenuptial marriage settlement shall be presumed to have been made subject to the survival of the donee unless this condition is expressly stated; and it shall be subject to all the rules and forms laid down for these types of gifts. A gift of future property, or of present and future property, made between the spouses by an antenuptial marriage settlement, whether simple or mutual, shall be subject to the rules laid down in the preceding Chapter in respect of similar gifts made to them by third parties; except that it shall not be transferable to the issue of that marriage, in the case of the death of the donee-spouse prior to that of the donor-spouse. A spouse may, either by an antenuptial marriage settlement or during marriage, if he leaves no children or descendants, make a gift to the other spouse of the ownership of everything which he may dispose of in favour of a stranger, and further, of the usufruct of the whole portion of which the law prohibits the disposal to the detriment of heirs. The children or descendants may, notwithstanding any stipulation of the donor to the contrary, demand in respect of the property subject to the usufruct that an inventory be drawn up of all the movables and of the condition of the immovables, that the sums be invested, and that bearer securities, at the option of the usufructuary, be converted into registered securities or be deposited with an authorised depositary. A minor may not by an antenuptial marriage settlement make a gift to the other spouse, whether simple or mutual, except with the consent and assistance of either of his parents or of those members of his family whose consent is required for the validity of his marriage; and with this consent he may make a gift of everything which the law permits a spouse of full age to give to the other spouse. Every gift made between the spouses during marriage, even if described as inter vivos, shall always be revocable.These gifts shall not be revoked by the subsequent birth of children. A man or woman who, having children of a previous marriage, contracts a subsequent marriage may only make a gift to the new spouse of a share of a legitimate child taking the smallest portion; such gifts shall in no circumstances exceed one fourth of the property. Spouses shall not give to each other indirectly anything beyond what is permitted to them by the aforementioned dispositions.Any gift disguised or made to an intermediary shall be null. When a spouse acquires property with funds which were given to him for that purpose the gift shall consist of the funds and not of the property bought.In that case, the rights of the donor or his heirs shall relate to money according to the present value of the property. If the property has been sold its value at the time of the sale or the value of another new property which has been bought with the proceeds shall be taken into account. Gifts made by one of the spouses to the children or to one of the children of the other born of a previous marriage, and gifts made by the donor to the relatives of whom the other spouse is heir presumptive when the gift is made, shall be deemed to have been made to intermediaries, even if the latter does not survive his donee-relative. A contract is an agreement whereby one or several persons bind themselves towards one or several others to give, do or refrain from doing something. A contract is bilateral when the contracting parties mutually bind themselves towards each other. It is unilateral when one or several persons bind themselves towards one or several persons without any obligation arising on the part of the latter. It is Commutative when each of the parties binds himself to give or do something which is considered the equivalent of what is given to or done for him.When the equivalence consists of a chance of a profit or loss for each of the parties, resulting from an uncertain event, the contract is contingent. In a gratuitous contract one of the parties procures to the other an advantage entirely free of charge. In an onerous contract each of the parties is bound to give or do something. The contracts, whether they have a particular denomination or not, shall be subject to the general principles laid down in this Title.The special rules applicable to certain contracts shall be laid down in the Titles relating to each one of them; and the special rules applicable to commercial transactions shall be established by laws relating to commerce.Standard type contracts are agreements which are in identical form, and which are intended to apply to a large number of similar relationships. Four conditions are essential for the validity of an agreement –The consent of the party who binds himself,His capacity to enter into a contract,A definite object which forms the subject-matter of the undertaking,That it should not be against the law or against public policy. Duress used against a contracting party shall be a ground of nullity, even if used by a third party other than the person for whose benefit the contract was concluded; provided that that duress was the main reason why the victim of it has entered into the contract. There is duress when it is of a kind to impress a reasonable person, and put him in fear of substantial harm in respect of his person or property.With regard to this matter, the age and condition of a person shall be taken into account in the sense that the wrongdoer must take the victim as he finds him. Duress shall be a ground of nullity of the contract not only when used upon the contracting party but also upon his or her spouse, his descendants or ascendants. If the duress consists of a threat to do what a person is lawfully entitled to do the contract shall not be null, unless the promise obtained by the threat is irrelevant to that threat or unless the promise obtained is excessive having regard to the nature of the offer. Fear inspired by respect towards the father, mother or other ascendant without any duress having been used shall not be sufficient to annul the contract. A contract shall not be challenged on the ground of duress if it has been approved since the duress has come to end, whether expressly or tacitly or if the victim allows the time fixed by the law for its rescission to lapse. Fraud shall be a cause of nullity of the agreement when the contrivances practised by one of the parties are such that it is evident that, without these contrivances, the other party would not have entered into the contract. It must be intentional but need not emanate from the contracting party.It shall not be presumed and it must be proved. Contracts entered into by mistake, duress or fraud shall not be null as of right; they shall only give rise to an action for nullity or rescission in the cases and manner explained in section VII of Chapter V of this Title. Generally a person may only bind himself or stipulate in his own name for his own account, except as provided hereafter. Nevertheless, a person may undertake that another shall perform an obligation; but the person who has given the undertaking or has promised that a contract shall be ratified by another party, shall be liable for damages if that party refuses to do so. However, if that party ratifies the contract, it becomes retroactively effective as from the date of the original undertaking. A person shall be deemed to stipulate for himself, his heirs and assigns, unless the contrary has been agreed upon or results from the nature of the contract. Every one may enter into a contract unless he is subject to some legal incapacity. The following persons shall be subject to an incapacity to enter into a contract to the extent defined by law –Minors who are not emancipated;Interdicted persons in the sense of articles 489 and 513 of this Code. Minors and interdicted persons shall only plead their incapacity in the cases provided by law.Persons capable of entering into a contract shall not plead the incapacity of those with whom they have contracted. Every obligation shall have as its object something which one party binds himself to deliver or perform or fail to perform. The simple use or the simple possession of a thing may be, as the thing itself, the object of the obligation. Only things of commercial value may be the objects of contractual obligations. An obligation must have as its object a thing which may at least be specified in kind.The quantity of the thing may be uncertain provided it can be specified. Future things may form the subject-matter of an obligation.However, a person shall not renounce a succession which has not opened, nor shall he make any stipulation in respect of it, even with the consent of the person whose succession may be affected. An obligation which is against public policy shall have no legal effect. An agreement shall be valid although the reason for making it is not stated. The object of an agreement is unlawful when it is prohibited by law or when it infringes the principles of public policy. Agreements lawfully concluded shall have the force of law for those who have entered into them.They shall not be revoked except by mutual consent or for causes which the law authorises.They shall be performed in good faith. Agreements shall be binding not only in respect of what is expressed therein but also in respect of all the consequences which fairness, practice or the law imply into the obligation in accordance with its nature. The obligation to give shall imply the duty to deliver the thing and to preserve it until delivery, under penalty of damages payable to the creditor. The obligation to take care and preserve the thing, whether the agreement has as its object the advantage of one of the parties or their joint advantage, shall bind the person who is in charge of it to show in respect of it reasonable care.This obligation shall be more or less extensive, depending upon the kind of contracts the effects of which in this respect shall be explained under the appropriate Titles. The obligation to deliver the thing shall arise by the mere consent of the contracting parties.It shall confer the ownership upon the creditor and shall carry with it the risk as from the moment when delivery was due, even if the delivery has not yet been effected, unless the debtor has been served with notice to deliver; in that case, the thing shall remain at the risk of the latter. A debtor shall be placed under notice of default by a summons or other equivalent legal act or by a term of the agreement providing that the debtor shall be in default without the need of a summons and at the mere expiry of the period for delivery. The effects of the obligation to give or to deliver immovable property shall be regulated under the Title Sale and the Title Privileges and Mortgages. Every obligation to do or to refrain from doing something shall give rise to damages if the debtor fails to perform it. Nevertheless, the creditor shall be entitled to demand that whatever was done in violation of the undertaking be destroyed; and he may obtain authority to destroy it at the expense of the debtor without prejudice to a claim for damages, if any. The creditor, in the case of a failure to perform, may also obtain authority to perform the obligation himself at the expense of the debtor. If the obligation consists of refraining from doing something, the person who violates it shall be liable for damages by the mere fact of the violation. Damages are only due when the debtor is under notice to fulfil his obligation; provided, nevertheless, that the thing which the debtor had bound himself to give or to do could only be given or done within a fixed time which he has allowed to elapse. The debtor shall be ordered to pay damages, if any, either by reason of his failure to perform the obligation or by reason of his delay in the performance, provided that he is unable to prove that his failure to perform is due to a cause which cannot be imputed to him and that in this respect he was not in bad faith. Even if the failure of the debtor to perform the contract is the result of fraud on his party, damages in respect of the loss sustained by the creditor and the profit of which he has been deprived shall only cover the immediate and direct consequences of the failure to perform. When the agreement provides that failure to perform the contract shall make the debtor liable to a certain sum by way of damages, no larger or lesser sum may be awarded to the other party. This provision shall not apply if the failure to perform is due to fraud or gross negligence. In any case, the Court may reduce the sum agreed upon if it is manifestly excessive in the particular circumstances of the contract. With regard to the obligations which merely involve the payment of a certain sum, the damages arising from delayed performance shall only amount to the payment of interest fixed by law or by commercial practice; however, if the parties have their own rate of interest, that agreement shall be binding.These damages shall be recoverable without any proof of loss by the creditor. They are due from the day of the demand, except in cases in which they become due by operation of the law.However, the creditor who sustains special damage caused by a debtor in bad faith and not merely by reason of delay, may obtain damages in addition to those for delayed performance. Interest accrued from capital may produce interest either by starting proceedings or by a special agreement of the parties, provided that, in the case of proceedings, the interest has been due for a whole year at least. Nevertheless, income due from such as farm-rents or arrears of perpetual annuities or life annuities shall produce interest as from the day of proceedings or from the day of the agreement.The same rule shall apply to the return of fruits and to the interest paid by a third party to creditors in discharge of the debtor. In the interpretation of contracts, the common intention of the contracting parties shall be sought rather than the literal meaning of the words.However, in the absence of clear evidence, the Court shall be entitled to assume that the parties have used the words in the sense in which they are reasonably understood. When a term can bear two meanings, the meaning which may render it effective shall be preferred rather than the meaning which would render it without effect. Terms capable of two meanings shall be taken in the sense which is more appropriate to the subject-matter of the contract. Ambiguous terms shall be interpreted by reference to the practice of the place where the contract is made. Usual clauses shall be implied in the contract even if they are not expressly stated. All the terms of the contract shall be used to interpret one another by giving to each the meaning which derives from the whole. In case of doubt, the contract shall be interpreted against the person who has the benefit of the term and in favour of the person who is bound by the obligation. However general the terms of a contract, they shall only apply to the matters upon which it appears that the parties intended to contract. When in a contract an example has been used to explain an obligation, it shall not be assumed that the parties thereby intended to restrict the extent of the obligation and to exclude cases which would normally be covered. Nevertheless, creditors may exercise all the rights and actions of their debtor, with the exception of those which are exclusively attached to the person. A creditor may also, in his own name, take up proceedings relating to any transactions concluded by his debtor which constitute a fraud upon his rights.The parties shall, however, with regard to their rights established under the Title Succession, comply with the rules laid down therein. The obligation is conditional when it is made to depend upon a future and uncertain event, either by suspending its effect until the event occurs (condition precedent) or by cancelling it when the event does or does not occur (condition subsequent). A condition is contingent when it depends upon a chance which is beyond the control either of the creditor or the debtor. A condition at will is a condition which causes the performance of a contract to depend upon an event which is in the power of one or other of the contracting parties to fulfil or to prevent. A compound condition is a condition which depends for its fulfilment upon both the will of one of the contracting parties and the will of a third party. A condition prescribing an impossibility or something which is against public policy or forbidden by law shall be null and shall render null the agreement which depends upon it. A condition to refrain from doing something impossible shall not render null the obligation agreed upon subject to that condition. An obligation shall be null if it is agreed upon subject to a condition at will on the part of the person who binds himself. A condition shall be fulfilled in the manner in which the partners appear to have wanted and agreed that it should. When the obligation is agreed upon subject to the condition that an event will occur within a fixed period, that condition shall be deemed to have failed if the time has expired without the event having occurred. If no fixed period has been agreed upon, the condition may always be fulfilled; and it shall only be deemed to have failed when it is certain that the event will not occur. When the obligation is undertaken subject to a condition that an event will not occur within a fixed time, that condition shall be fulfilled when the time has expired without the event having occurred;it shall also be fulfilled if before the expiry of the time it becomes certain that the event will not occur; and if there is no fixed period, it shall only be fulfilled when it becomes certain that the event will not occur. The condition is deemed to have been fulfilled when the debtor bound by this condition prevents its fulfilment. The condition, once fulfilled, shall have a retroactive effect back to the day when the contract was made. If the creditor is dead before the fulfilment of the condition, his rights pass on to his heir. The creditor may, before the condition is fulfilled, take any legal steps for the preservation of his right. The obligation which is subject to a condition precedent depends upon an event, future and uncertain, or upon an event which has in fact occurred but which is still unknown to the parties.In the former case, the obligation may not be performed until after the event.In the latter case, the obligation shall have effect as from the day when it was contracted. When the obligation is undertaken subject to a condition precedent, the subject-matter of the agreement shall remain at the risk of the debtor who shall not be bound to deliver until the condition if fulfilled.If the thing has entirely perished without any fault on the part of the debtor, the obligation shall be extinguished.If the thing has deteriorated without any fault on the part of the debtor the creditor shall elect either to cancel the obligation or to demand the return of the thing in such condition as it may be, without any reduction of the price.If the thing has deteriorated through the fault of the debtor, the creditor shall be entitled either to cancel the obligation or to demand delivery of the thing in such condition as it may be, plus damages. A condition subsequent is the condition which, when fulfilled, rescinds the obligation and restores the things in the same state as they would have been if the obligation had never existed.It does not suspend the performance of the obligation; it only binds the creditor to restore what he has received, if the event envisaged by the condition occurs. A time or forward obligation differs from a conditional one in that it does not suspend performance; it merely delays performance. Saturdays, Sundays and official holidays shall count when calculating a time-limit. However, where the final day of a time-limit before the expiry of which an act shall be performed is a Saturday, a Sunday, an official holiday or a day which shall be considered as an official holiday, the time-limit shall be extended to include the first working-day thereafter. What is only due in the future shall not be demanded before the expiry of the time; but what has been paid in advance shall not be recovered. A time agreed upon shall always be presumed in favour of the debtor unless the stipulation or the circumstances imply that it has also been agreed in favour of the creditor. The debtor shall not claim the benefit of time if he becomes insolvent or bankrupt, or if, through his act, he reduces the security which he has given by the contract to his creditor. The debtor of an alternative obligation shall be released by the delivery of one of the two things included in the obligation. The choice shall belong to the debtor unless it has been expressly granted to the creditor. The debtor may be released by delivering one of the two things promised; but he shall not compel the creditor to receive a part of one thing and a part of the other. An obligation is pure and simple, even if contracted in an alternative manner, if one of the two things promised could not be the subject-matter of the obligation. An alternative obligation becomes pure and simple if one of the thing promised perishes and can no longer be delivered, even if this has occurred through the fault of the debtor. The price of that thing shall not be offered in its stead.If both of these things perish and the debtor is at fault in respect of one of them, he shall pay the price of the thing that perished last. If in the cases provided for by the preceding article, the choice had been left by the contract to the creditor—If only one of the two things perished; then, if it is not due to the fault of the debtor, the creditor shall have the other; if the debtor is at fault, the creditor may demand either the thing left or the price of the thing that perished;If both of these things perished; then, if the debtor is at fault in respect of both, or even in respect of one of them only, the creditor may demand the price of either at his option. If both of these things perish without any fault on the part of the debtor and before he has been served with a notice to deliver, the obligation shall be extinguished in accordance with article 1302. The same principles shall apply if the alternative obligation relates to more than two things. The debtor shall have the option to pay one or another of the joint and several creditors as long as he is not prevented from doing so by proceedings initiated by one of them.Nevertheless, the release granted by only one of the joint and several creditors shall only discharge the debtor to the extent of the share of that creditor. An act which interrupts the prescription in respect of one of the joint and several creditors shall also have effect in respect of the other creditors. There is joint and several liability of debtors when they are bound by the same obligation in such a manner as to make each one of them liable for the whole and when the payment made by one alone releases the others with regard to the creditor. The obligation may be joint and several although the duties of one of the debtors relating to the payment of the same thing differ from those of the others; for instance, if the obligation of one is subject to a condition whereas the obligation of another is pure and simple, of if one is subject to time-limit which is not granted to the other. Joint and several liability shall not be presumed; it must be expressly stated.This rule shall not apply in the cases in which joint and several liability comes into effect by operation of law in accordance with a provision in the law. The creditor of an obligation contracted jointly and severally may demand performance from any of the debtors that he may select without the latter being able to plead in reply the benefit of division. Proceedings against one of the debtors shall not bar the creditor from bringing proceedings against the others. If the thing due perishes through the fault of one or more of the joint or several debtors or while one or more of them are under notice to perform, the other co-debtors shall not be discharged from the obligation to pay the price of the thing; but the latter shall not be liable to pay damages.The creditor may obtain damages against the debtors through whose fault the thing perishes as well as against those who were under notice to perform. Proceedings against one of the joint and several debtors shall interrupt prescription towards all. The demand for payment of interest against one of the joint and several debtors shall cause the interest to run against all. The joint and several co-debtor who has been sued by the creditor may plead all the defences which arise from the nature of the obligation and all those which are available to him personally as well as those which are common to all co-debtors.He shall not plead any defences available personally to him against one or more of the other co-debtors. When one of the debtors becomes the sole heir of the creditor, or when the creditor becomes the sole heir of one of the debtors, the merger shall only extinguish the joint and several claim for the part and portion of such debtor or creditor. The creditor who consents to the division of the debt with regard to one of the co-creditors retains his joint and several action against the others subject however to a deduction of the part of the debtor whom he has released from the joint and several liability. The creditor who receives separately the part of one of the debtors without reserving in his receipt the joint and several liability or his rights in general shall only be deemed to have waived the joint and several liability with regard to that debtor.The creditor shall not be deemed to release the debtor from his joint and several liability when he receives from him a sum equal to the share for which he is liable unless the receipt specifies that the release relates to his share.The same shall apply to the simple claim made against one of the co-debtors for his part if the latter has not admitted the claim or if judgment has not been rendered against him. The creditor who receives, separately and without reserve, the share of one of the co-debtors in the arrears or interest of the debt shall only lose his joint and several right for the arrears or interest accrued and not for those to be accrued, nor for the capital, unless the separate payment has continued for ten consecutive years. The obligation contracted jointly and severally towards the creditor shall be divided by operation of law amongst the debtors who are only liable towards one another, each for his share and part. The co-debtor of a joint and several debt who has paid in full shall only recover against the others the share and portion of each.If one of them is insolvent the loss which his insolvency has caused shall be shared proportionately amongst all the other solvent debtors and the debtor who has paid in full. If a creditor waives his joint and several action towards one of the debtors and one or more of the other co-debtors become insolvent, the share of those who are insolvent shall be proportionately allocated amongst all the debtors, even those previously released by the creditor from the joint and several liability. If the venture for which the debt has been jointly and severally contracted was for the benefit of only one of those who bound themselves jointly and severally, he shall be liable for the whole debt towards the other co-debtors, who shall only be deemed in relation to him to be his sureties. An obligation is divisible or indivisible according to whether its object, be it something that can be delivered or an act which may be performed, is or is not amenable to division, whether physical or notional. The obligation is indivisible, although the thing or the act which constitutes its subject-matter is divisible by nature, if the context of the obligation is such that it may not be partially performed. Joint and several liability shall not render the obligation indivisible. The obligation which is amenable to division shall be performed between creditor and debtor as if it was indivisible. The possibility of division only operates in relation to their heirs who may not claim the debt or who are only liable to pay it to the extent of the shares to which they are entitled or for which they are liable as representatives of the creditor or debtor. The principle laid down in the preceding article shall be subject to the following exceptions, with regard to the heirs of the debtor— Each of those who have jointly contracted an indivisible debt shall be liable for the whole, even if the obligation had not been contracted jointly and severally. The same shall apply with regard to the heirs of a person who has contracted a similar obligation. Each heir of the creditor may demand the full performance of an indivisible obligation.He cannot alone grant a release of the whole of the debt; he may not alone receive the price in lieu of the thing. If one of the heirs has alone discharged the debt or received the price of the thing, his co-heir may only demand the indivisible thing if he takes into account the share of the co-heir who has released the debt or received the price. The heir of the debtor, sued for the whole of the obligation, may request a delay to enable him to join his co-heirs as co-defendants, unless the debt is of a kind that only the heir sued may discharge, and in that case judgement may be obtained against him alone, subject to his claim for an indemnity against his co-heirs. A penal clause is a clause whereby a person, to ensure the performance of a contract, binds himself to a penalty in case of failure to perform. The nullity of the principal obligation shall carry with it the nullity of the penal clause.The nullity of the latter shall not carry with it the nullity of the principal obligation. The creditor, instead of demanding the execution of the penalty stipulated against the debtor who is under notice to perform the contract may sue for the execution of the principal obligation. A penal clause is the compensation for the damage which the creditor sustains as a result of the failure to perform the principal obligation.He shall not demand both compensation for the principal obligation and the penalty unless the penalty has been stipulated for a simple delay in the performance.A penal clause according to which the penalty is manifestly excessive may be reduced by the Court as provided by article 1152 of this Code. Whether the original obligation contains a time-limit within which it must be executed or not, the penalty is only incurred when the person bound to deliver or to take or to do something is under notice to perform. The penalty may be reduced by the Judge when the principal obligation has been partly performed. When the original obligation contracted with a penal clause relates to an indivisible thing, the penalty shall be incurred by the violation by even one of the heirs of the debtor and it may be demanded either in full against the person who is guilty of the violation or against each one of the co-heirs for his share and portion, and if the penalty is secured by a mortgage, for the full amount, subject to their claims against the person who incurred the penalty. When the original obligation contracted with a penalty is divisible, the penalty shall only be incurred by that heir of the debtor who violates that obligation and only for the share of the principal obligation for which he was liable, and no action shall be brought against those who performed their part of the obligation.This rule shall be subject to an exception when, the penal clause having been inserted with the intention that payment in part should not be made, a co-heir has prevented the performance of the obligation as a whole. In that case, the full penalty may be demanded from him and against the other co-heirs only to the extent to their shares, subject to their right of action against him. Obligations shall be discharged:By payment;By a novation;By a voluntary release;By compensation;By merger;By the loss of the thing;By nullity or rescission;By the effect of a condition subsequent, which has been explained in the preceding Chapter;By the death of the creditor or debtor in certain cases;In special cases, applicable to particular contracts, which are explained under their respective heads;And by prescription, which is the subject of a special Title. Every payment presupposes a debt: the payment of a sum which is not due may be recovered.There can be no recovery in respect of natural obligations which were voluntarily discharged. An obligation may be discharged by any interested party such as a co-debtor or a surety.The obligation may even be discharged by a third party who has no interest, provided that that party acts in the name of and for the discharge of the debtor or, if he acts in his own name, provided that he is not subrogated to the rights of the creditors. The obligation to do something shall not be discharged by a third party against the will of the creditor when the latter has an interest that it should be discharged by the debtor himself; except as provided by article 1165 paragraph 2 of this Code. A payment shall only be valid if the person who pays is the owner of the thing given in payment and is also capable of alienating it.Nevertheless, the payment of an amount in money or other thing which is consumed by the use shall not be recovered against a creditor who has consumed it in good faith, although the payment has been made by a person who was not the owner or who was not capable of alienating it. Payment shall be made to the creditor or to his proxy or to someone who is legally or judicially authorised to receive it.Payment made to a person who has no authority to receive it on behalf of the creditor shall be valid if the latter ratifies it or benefits from it. Payment made in good faith to a person who is in possession of the claim shall be valid, even if the possession is subsequently evicted. Payment made to a creditor shall not be valid if the latter was subject to some incapacity to receive it unless the debtor proves that the payment has turned out for the benefit of the creditor. Payment made by a debtor to his creditor to the detriment of a seizure or attachment shall not be valid in respect of creditors for whose benefit that seizure or attachment exists; the latter may, according to their rights compel him to make another payment, subject only to his right to sue the creditor. The creditor may not be compelled to receive a thing different from what is due to him, even if the thing tendered is of equal or greater value. A debtor shall not compel a creditor to receive part payment of a debt, even if the debt is divisible.The Court may, nevertheless, in consideration of the position of the debtor, and making use of this power with great moderation, grant a reasonable extension of time for payment and grant a stay of legal proceedings, provided nothing is done to change the position of the parties. The debtor of a thing which is certain and specific shall be discharged by the delivery of the thing in the condition in which it is when delivery is made, provided that the deterioration sustained is not due to his act or fault nor to those of the persons for whom he is responsible and provided that he had not been served with notice to deliver before the deterioration occurred. If the debt relates to goods which are only specified in kind the debtor shall not be bound, in order to obtain his discharge, to deliver goods of the best quality; neither shall he deliver, however, the worst. Where in accordance with the provisions of article 1247 or of article 1247-1 paragraph 2, payment is to be made at a place other than the creditor's habitual residence at the time when the liability arose, any increase in the expense or any financial loss resulting from the change in the place of payment shall be borne by the creditor. Where the liability arises in the course of the creditor's professional or business activity, the `place of business' where this activity is carried on shall, in the preceding articles, be substituted for the `habitual residence' of the creditor. The costs of the payment shall fall upon the debtor. The subrogation to the rights of the creditor for the benefit of a third party who pays him is either conventional or legal. The subrogation is conventional: The subrogation shall have effect by operation of law: The subrogations laid down by the preceding articles shall be as effective against the sureties as against the debtors; it shall not be to the detriment of the creditor if he has only been paid in part; in this case, the latter may exercise his rights to the extent that the debt is still owed to him in preference to the person from whom he has only received payment in part. The debtor of several debts shall be entitled to declare, when he makes a payment, which he intends to discharge. The debtor of a debt which bears interest or produces income may not, without the consent of the creditor, appropriate the payment which he makes for the discharge of the capital rather than of the income or interest: a payment made in discharge of capital and interest but which does not fully discharge the amount due shall first be appropriated for the interest. When the debtor of various debts accepts a receipt showing that the creditor has appropriated the sum received for the discharge of one of these debts in particular, the debtor may not demand that that sum be appropriated for a different debts unless there is fraud or surprise on the part of the creditor. When the receipt bears no indication whatever, the payment shall be appropriated for the debt upon which the accumulated interest which the debtor must discharge is highest amongst the debts which are also due; otherwise upon the debt due, even if it be less onerous than those which are not yet due.If the debts are of the same nature, the appropriation is made for the oldest; all things being equal, it is made in proportion to each. When the creditor refuses to accept payment, the debtor may make an actual tender and, upon the refusal of the creditor to accept it, he may pay that sum into Court.Actual tenders, followed by payment into Court, shall release the debtor; when they are validly made, they shall have effect equivalent to payment to the creditor. For the tenders to be valid it shall be necessary: The costs of actual tenders, if they are valid, and of any payment into Court shall be incurred by the creditor. Money paid into Court may be withdrawn by the debtor so long as it is not accepted by the creditor; and if he withdraws it his co-debtors or his sureties shall not be released. When the debtor has himself obtained final judgment which declares his tender and payment into Court to be proper and valid, he shall no longer, even with the consent of the creditor, withdraw the amount to the detriment of his co-debtors and of his sureties. [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule] If what is due is a specific thing which is delivered at the place where it is, the debtor shall serve the creditor with notice to remove it by a summons served on the creditor in person or at his residence or at the place agreed upon for the performance of the contract.If after this notice the creditor does not remove the thing, and if the debtor requires the use of the place upon which the thing is found, the latter may obtain from the Court authority to put it in deposit somewhere else. An assignment of assets is the surrender made by a debtor of all his assets to his creditors when he finds himself unable to pay his debts. An assignment of assets is either voluntary or judicial. A voluntary assignment of assets is the assignment which the creditors voluntarily accept and which has no other effect than what results from the very terms of the contract made between them and the debtor. A judicial assignment is a benefit which the law accords to an unfortunate debtor in good faith, who is permitted, in order to avoid being deprived of his liberty, to make a judicial surrender of all his assets to his creditors, notwithstanding any stipulation to the contrary. A judicial assignment shall not confer ownership upon the creditors; it shall merely give them the right to cause the assets to be sold for their benefit and to receive the income therefrom until the sale. Creditors shall not refuse a judicial assignment, except in the cases provided by law.It shall not bar the execution of any decree of imprisonment for debt given by a Court where such decree has been made in respect of any vesting order under a petition for the assignment of assets. The Court may, nevertheless, in its discretion, order the release and discharge of the debtor immediately or after a time determined by it.Such assignment shall only discharge the debtor to the extent of the value of the assets surrendered; and if these are insufficient he shall be bound to surrender other assets, if any accrue to him, up to the total amount due. Novation is effected in three ways: Novation shall only have effect as between persons having capacity to enter into a contract. Novation shall not be presumed; the intention to effect it must clearly result from the act. Novation through the substitution of a debtor may be effected without the consent of the first debtor. The assignment whereby a debtor assigns a debt to another who becomes bound towards the creditor shall not effect a novation if the creditor does not expressly declare that he intends to discharge his debtor who made the assignment. The creditor who releases the debtor who made the assignment shall have no right of action against him, if the assignee becomes insolvent, unless the assignment contains an express reservation, or unless the assignee had already become bankrupt or insolvent when the assignment was made. The simple indication given by the debtor that another will pay in his stead shall not effect a novation.The same shall apply to the simple indication given by the creditor that another will receive in his stead. The privileges and mortgages which secured the earlier claim shall not secure the latter claim which replaces it unless the creditor has made an express reservation in respect of them. When the novation is effected between the creditor and one of joint and several debtors, the privileges and mortgages securing the earlier claim may only be reserved in respect of the property of the person who contracts the new debt. Co-debtors shall be released by a novation made between the creditor and one of joint and several debtors.The novation effected in respect of the principal debtor shall release the sureties.Nevertheless, if the creditor demands that in the former case the co-debtors join in, or, in the latter case, that the sureties do so, the prior debt subsists if the co-debtors or the earlier sureties refuse to accept the new arrangement. The voluntary surrender of the authentic and immediately enforceable document shall be presumed to constitute a release from the debt or payment, without prejudice to any proof to the contrary. The surrender of the original of a document under private signature or of an authentic and executory document to one of the joint and several debtors shall have the same effect in favour of his co-debtors. A contractual surrender or discharge in favour of joint and several co-debtors shall release all others, unless the creditor expressly reserves his right against the latter.In the latter case, he shall only recover the debt subject to a deduction of the share of the debtor released. The surrender of a thing given as a pledge shall not be sufficient to establish a presumption of release from the debt. The contractual surrender or discharge granted to the principal debtor shall release the sureties;If granted to the surety it shall not release the principal debtor;If granted to one of the sureties it shall not release the other sureties. What a creditor receives from a surety for the discharge of his obligation shall be appropriated for the debt and shall be applied towards the discharge of the principal debtor and of the other sureties. When two persons are debtors of each other, a set-off shall extinguish the two debts in the manner and cases hereafter laid down. The set-off shall be effected by operation of law through the mere effect of the law, even without the knowledge of the debtors; the two debts shall be mutually extinguished at the moment when they both exist simultaneously, to the extent that the respective sums correspond. The set-off shall only be effected in respect of two debts both of which are expressed in money or in a certain quantity of consumer goods of the same king and both of which are immediately due. A period of grace shall not prevent a set-off. A set-off shall have effect, whatever the origin of the debts, except in the following cases: The surety may plead the set-off arising from the debt that the creditor owes to the principal debtor;But the principal debtor shall not plead the set-off arising from the debt that the creditor owes to the surety.Likewise, the joint and several debtor shall not plead the set-off arising from the debt which the creditor owes to his co-debtor. A debtor who accepts purely and simply the assignment which a creditor has made of his rights to a third party shall not subsequently plead the set-off against the assignee which he could have pleaded to the assignor prior to the acceptance.With regard to the assignment which is not accepted by the debtor, of which, however, he was notified, it shall only prevent the set-off of claims subsequent to such notification. When the two debts are not payable at the same place, a set-off may be claimed only if accompanied by a payment of the costs of the remittance. When there are several debts owed by the same person which may be the subject of a set-off, the rules of article 1256 relating to appropriation shall apply. A set-off shall not occur to the detriment of the rights acquired by a third party. Thus, a person who, being a debtor, becomes a creditor following the attachment of his credit balance by a third party, shall not plead a set-off to the detriment of that party. A person who pays a debt which has been extinguished by a set-off as of right shall not, in making the claim for which he has not pleaded the set-off, avail himself, to the detriment of third parties, of the privileges and mortgages which secured his claim, unless he had a just cause to forgo the claim which would have been used as a set-off for his debt. When the qualities of creditor and debtor are united in the same person, there shall be merger by operation of law which extinguishes both claims. The merger which occurs in the person of the principal debtor shall release his sureties;The merger in the person of the surety shall not extinguish the principal obligation;The merger in the person of the creditor shall not release his joint and several co-debtors except to the extent of the debt which he owes. When a certain and specific thing which was the subject-matter of the obligation perishes or has no longer any commercial value, or is lost in such a way that it cannot be found, the obligation shall be extinguished if the thing perishes or becomes lost through no fault of the debtor and prior to his being served with notice to deliver.Even if the debtor has been served with notice to deliver, and provided he is not liable for inevitable accident, the obligation shall be extinguished in the case in which the thing would also have perished in the hands of the creditor if it had been delivered.The debtor shall be bound to prove his allegation of an inevitable accident.Whatever the manner in which stolen property perishes or becomes lost, its loss shall not discharge the person who appropriated it from the obligation to pay its price. When the thing which perishes has no commercial value or is lost without any fault of the debtor, he shall be bound, if he is entitled to any rights or actions for indemnity in respect of such thing, to assign them to his creditor. In all cases in which the exercise of an action for nullity or rescission of a contract is not limited to a shorter period by special legislation, that action shall be available for five years.That period shall only run in the case of duress as from the day that the duress came to an end; in the case of mistake or fraud, as from the day when they were discovered.The time shall only run, in respect of the transactions of a minor, as from the day of his attaining majority or his emancipation; in respect of the transaction of a person of full age under guardianship, as from the day he acquires knowledge of them and he is in a position to conclude them again validly. It shall only run against the heirs of a person subject to an incapacity as from the day of the death, unless it has already started running for some other reason. A non-emancipated minor shall be entitled to rescission for simple lesion against all kinds of contracts. A minor shall not be entitled to rescission for lesion when it arises from a fortuitous and unforeseen event. A simple statement of a minor that he is of full age shall not be a bar to rescission on his part. A minor who is a merchant or a banker or a craftsman shall not be entitled to rescission in respect of contracts made in pursuance of his commercial or trade activities. A minor shall not be entitled to the rescission of the terms in his antenuptial marriage settlement if these were agreed to with the consent and assistance of persons whose consent is required for the validity of his marriage. A minor shall not rescind a contract which he had concluded during his minority if he has ratified it on attaining majority, whether that contract was null in form or only subject to rescission. When minors or persons of full age under guardianship are permitted by reason of their incapacity to rescind their contracts, the refund of what has been paid to them as a result of these contracts during the minority or interdiction may not be claimed unless it be proved that what has been paid turned out in their favour. Persons of full age may only rescind contracts on the ground of lesion in accordance with the provisions of this Code. When the forms required in respect of minors or persons of full age under guardianship, whether for the transfer of immovable property or for the partition of a succession, have been complied with, these persons shall be deemed, in respect of these transactions, to have entered into them as persons who have attained majority or as persons for whom the need for guardianship has not arisen. A person who demands the performance of an obligation shall be bound to prove it.Conversely, a person who claims to have been released shall be bound to prove the payment or the performance which has extinguished his obligation. The rules which regulate written evidence, oral evidence, presumptions, admissions by a party and oaths are laid down hereafter. An authentic document is a document received by a public official entitled to draw-up the same in the place in which the document is drafted and in accordance with the prescribed forms. A document which is not authentic owing to the lack of powers or capacity of the official or owing to a defect of form shall have effect as a private document if signed by the parties. An authentic document shall be accepted as proof of the agreement which it contains between the contracting parties and their heirs or assigns.Nevertheless, such document shall only have the effect of raising a legal presumption of proof which may be rebutted by evidence to the contrary. Evidence in rebuttal, whether incidental to legal proceedings or not, shall entitle the Court to suspend provisionally the execution of the document and to make such order in respect of it as it considers appropriate. A document, whether authentic or under private signature, shall be accepted as proof between the parties even if expressed in terms of statements, provided that the statement is directly related to the transaction. Statements foreign to the transaction, shall only be accepted as writing providing initial proof. **[Note to 1991 Ed: See section 82(6) of the Mortgage and Registration Act (Cap 134) in respect of Articles 1321 to 1324 and 1326 to 1327.] A person against whom a document under private signature is pleaded shall be bound to acknowledge or repudiate formally his handwriting or his signature.His heirs or assigns may restrict themselves to declaring that they do not recognise either the handwriting or the signature of the principal. When a party repudiates his handwriting or his signature, or when his heirs or assigns declare that they do not recognise either of them, the Court shall decide the issue after hearing evidence. In this respect, the law of evidence shall apply. Documents under private signature which contain bilateral contracts shall only be valid if they were drawn up in as many originals as there are parties having a separate interest.One original shall be sufficient for all the persons who have the same interest.Each original shall mention the number of originals in which it was drawn up.Nevertheless, failure to mention that there are two, three etc., originals shall not be pleaded by a person who has performed, on his part, the agreement contained in the document. When there is a discrepancy shown between the amount in the main document and the sum in the formula, the obligation shall be presumed valid only for the lesser of the two sums, even if both the document and the formula are written entirely by the hand of the person who undertakes the obligation, unless it can be proved which of the two sums is mistaken. The date of documents under private signature shall only have effect upon third parties as from when they are registered, or as from the death of the person who signed it, or as from the date on which their contents were confirmed in documents drawn up by public officials, such as minutes under seal or inventories. Book entries of merchants shall not be proof of the supply of goods in respect of non-traders, subject to the provisions relating to oaths. Books of merchants shall be proof against them; but the person who wants to rely upon the books may not leave out such part of the contents as is contrary to his claim. Family registers and documents shall not be evidence in favour of the persons who have written them. They shall be evidence against them. The writing added by the creditor at the end, in the margin or on the back of a document which has always remained in his possession shall be proof, even if unsigned or undated, when it tends to establish the discharge of the debtor.The same shall apply to the writing added by the creditor on the back or in the margin or at the end of the duplicate title or receipt, provided that such duplicate is in the hands of the debtor. Tallies the corresponding halves of which agree with each other shall be accepted as proof between persons who are in the habit of checking the supplies which they furnish or receive in retail trade. Copies of documents, when the original exists, shall not be accepted as evidence of the contents of the originals, the production of which may, in all cases, be demanded. When the original document no longer exists, copies, thereof shall be accepted as proof, subject to the following distinctions: The transcription of a document on the public registers shall only serve as writing providing initial proof; for this purpose it shall be necessary: Documents of acknowledgement shall not dispense with the production of the original document unless the contents of the latter are expressly recited therein.What they may contain in excess of the original document, or what happens to be different, shall have no effect.Nevertheless, if there were several identical acknowledgements, supported by possession, of which one dates back to thirty years, the creditor may be permitted to dispense with the production of the original document. A donor shall not rectify by any document of confirmation the defects of a gift inter vivos which is null in form; it must be made again according to the form required by law. The confirmation, ratification or voluntary delivery of a gift by the heirs or assigns of the donor after his death shall carry with it their waiver of pleas, whether based upon a defect of form or on any other ground. Any matter the value of which exceeds 5000 Rupees shall require a document drawn up by a notary or under private signature, even for a voluntary deposit, and no oral evidence shall be admissible against and beyond such document nor in respect of what is alleged to have been said prior to or at or since the time when such document was drawn up, even if the matter relates to a sum of less than 5000 Rupees.The above is without prejudice to the rules prescribed in the laws relating to commerce. The aforementioned rule shall also apply to the case in which the action contains, apart from a claim for the capital, also a claim for the interest, which added to the capital, exceeds the sum of 5000 Rupees. A person who makes a claim which exceeds 5000 Rupees shall not be entitled to bring oral evidence, even if he reduces his original claim. Oral evidence shall not be admissible even upon a claim of a sum of less than 5000 Rupees if that sum is declared to be the balance of, or to form part of, a more substantial claim which is not evidenced in writing. If, in the same proceedings, a party has made several claims for which he has no written document and these claims joined together exceed the sum of 5000 Rupees, oral evidence shall not be admissible, even if the party alleges that his claims arise from different transactions and at different times unless such rights are derived by succession, gift or otherwise from different persons. All claims, whatever their cause, which are fully supported by writing shall be joined in the same plaint or summons, but subsequent claims which are not supported by written proof shall not be admitted. The aforementioned rules shall not apply if there is writing providing initial proof.This term describes every writing which emanates from a person against whom the claim is made, or from a person whom he represents, and which renders the facts alleged likely. They shall also be inapplicable whenever it is not possible for the creditor to obtain written proof of an obligation undertaken towards him.This second exception shall apply: Presumptions are the inferences which the law or the Judge draws from a known fact in respect of an unknown fact. A legal presumption of law is the presumption which a particular law applies to certain transactions or to a certain facts such as: A presumption of law shall exempt a person, in whose favour it operates, from the necessity of producing evidence.No evidence shall be admitted against a presumption of law when the substance of such presumption operates to annul certain transactions or to prevent the exercise of a legal action, unless it is subject to proof of the contrary or subject to what will be stated hereafter in respect of admissions and judicial oaths. Presumption which do not apply by operation of law are left to the knowledge and wisdom of the Judge, who shall only admit presumptions which are serious, precise and consistent and only in cases in which the law admits oral evidence. An admission which is pleaded against a party is extra-judicial or judicial. The allegation of an extra-judicial and purely oral admission shall have no effect if it relates to a claim in respect of which oral evidence is not admissible. A judicial admission is the declaration which a party or his specially authorised proxy makes in the course of legal proceedings.It shall be accepted against the persons who make it.It may not be admitted only in part to the detriment of the person making it.It may not be revoked unless it be proved that it resulted from a mistake of fact. It shall not be revoked on the ground of a mistake of law. Judicial Oaths are of two kinds: A decisive oath may be tendered in respect of any kind of litigation. It shall only be tendered in respect of a personal act to the party to whom it is tendered. It may be tendered at all stages of the proceedings, even if there is no initial proof of the claim or of the defence in support of which it is demanded. The person to whom the oath is tendered and who refuses to take it, or who does not consent to passing it on to his opponent, or the opponent to whom it is passed and who refuses to take it, shall fail in his claim or in his defence. The oath shall not be passed on when the act envisaged is not that of the two parties but an act purely personal of the party to whom the oath was tendered. When the oath tendered or passed on has been taken, the other party shall not be allowed to prove its falsity. The party who has tendered or passed on the oath shall no longer withdraw it, if the other party declares himself ready to take it. An oath shall only be evidence in favour of the person who tendered it or against him, and in favour of his heirs and assigns or against them.Nevertheless, an oath tendered by one of joint and several creditors to the debtor shall only release him in respect of that creditor.An oath tendered to the principal debtor shall also release the sureties.An oath tendered to one of joint and several debtors shall benefit the co-debtors.And an oath tendered to a surety shall benefit the principal debtor.In the last two cases, the oath of a joint and several co-debtor or of the surety shall only benefit the other co-debtor or the principal debtor, if it is tendered upon the debt, and not upon the fact of the joint and several liability or of the suretyship. A judge may tender the oath to one of the parties either in order to decide the case upon it or only in order to fix the amount of the liability. A Judge may only tender the oath ex officio either upon the claim of a party or in defence of a party sued under the following two conditions. it shall be necessary: An oath tendered ex officio by the Judge to one of the parties shall not be passed on to the other party. An oath as to the value of a thing claimed shall only be tendered by the Judge to the plaintiff when it is impossible to assess that value by any other means.The Judge shall himself, in this case, decide the amount to the extent that he places faith in the oath of the plaintiff. Quasi-contracts result from purely voluntary acts of a person. They give rise to duties towards a third party and sometimes to mutual obligations between two parties. He shall be bound to continue his management even if the owner dies before the termination of the business until the heir is able to assume control. He shall be bound to show in regard to the management reasonable care.Nevertheless, the circumstances which have led to his assumption of the control of the business may permit the Court to reduce the damages which may have arisen from the fault or the negligence of the manager. The owner whose business has been properly managed shall fulfil the obligations which the manager has contracted on his behalf, indemnify him for all the personal obligations which he has contracted and reimburse him all the necessary and reasonable expenses incurred. A person who, in error or knowingly, receives what is not due to him, shall be bound to make restitution to the person from whom he has improperly received it. When a person, mistakenly believing himself to be a debtor, discharges a debt, he shall be entitled to recover the payment from the creditor.Nevertheless, the right shall cease if the creditor has, following the payment, destroyed the documents on the strength of which he was entitled to receive the sum; but without prejudice to the right of the person who made the undue payment to recover from the real debtor. The person who receives payment, if in bad faith, shall be bound to make restitution of the capital and interest or income accrued as from the day of payment. If the property unduly received is immovable or a corporeal movable, the person who receives it shall be bound to make restitution in kind, if it is still in existence, or of its value if it has perished or deteriorated through his fault; he shall also be liable for its incidental loss if he receives it in bad faith. If the person who has received something in good faith has sold it, he shall only be bound to restore the proceeds of the sale. The person whose property has been restored shall refund, even to a possessor in bad faith, all the necessary and reasonable expenses incurred for the preservation of the property. If a person suffers some detriment without lawful cause and another is correspondingly enriched without lawful cause, the former shall be able to recover what is due to him to the extent of the enrichment of the latter. Provided that this action for unjust enrichment shall only be admissible if the person suffering the detriment cannot avail himself of another action in contract, or quasi-contract, delict or quasi-delict; provided also that detriment has not been caused by the fault of the person suffering it. The owner of an animal, or the person who uses it, while he has the use of it, is liable for the damage that the animal has caused, whether the animal was under his care or lost or escaped. The owner of a building shall be liable for damage caused by its ruinous state when it occurs as a result of neglect or by a fault of construction. [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule 1] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule 1] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule 1] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule 1] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule 1] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule 1] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule 1] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule 1] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule 1] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule 1] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule 1] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule 1] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule 1] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule 1] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule 1] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule 1] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule 1] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule 1] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule 1] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule 1] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule 1] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule 1] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule 1] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule 1] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule 1] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule 1] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule 1] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule 1] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule 1] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule 1] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule 1] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule 1] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule 1] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule 1] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule 1] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule 1] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule 1] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule 1] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule 1] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule 1] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule 1] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule 1] [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule] [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] Sale is an agreement whereby one party binds himself to deliver something and the other to pay for it.The contract may be made by an authentic document or a document under private signature. A sale may be concluded either purely and simply or subject to a condition precedent or subsequent.It may also envisage two or more alternative things.In all these cases, its effect shall be governed by the general principles of contract. If goods are not sold in bulk but by weight, number or measure, the sale shall not be complete in the sense that the risk of the goods sold falls upon the seller, until they are weighed, counted or measured; but the buyer shall be entitled to demand delivery or damages, if any, in the case of failure to perform the contract. Conversely, if the goods are sold in bulk, the contract shall complete, even if the goods are not yet weighed, counted or measured. With regard to wine, oil, and other things which one normally tastes before buying, there shall be no sale until the buyer has tasted and approved them. A promise to sell is equivalent to a sale if the two parties have mutually agreed upon the thing and the price.However, the acceptance of a promise to sell or the exercise of an option to purchase property subject to registration shall only have effect as between the parties or in respect of third parties as from the date of registration. If the promise to sell is accompanied by a deposit, each of the contracting parties shall be free to withdraw; the person who has paid the deposit shall lose it, the person who has received it shall return double the amount. The price of the sale shall be certain and fixed. It may, however, be left to the decision of an umpire; if the latter refuses to act there shall be no sale. The costs of any documents of title and other accessories to the sale shall fall upon the buyer. Persons who are not forbidden by law to buy or sell can do so. [repealed by The Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] The following persons shall not buy either themselves or through intermediaries at an auction sale under penalty of nullity:Guardians, in relation to property which they hold under guardianship.Agents, in relation to property which they are under a duty to sell ; Administrators, in relation to property belonging to local authorities or public bodies with the care of which they have been entrusted;Civil servants, with regard to State property the sale of which is conducted through Government departments. Judges, their deputies, officers of the Attorney-General's department, clerks or ushers of the Court, practising lawyers and notaries may not acquire legal rights and actions in respect of the subject matter or any of the grounds of litigation before the Court in which they perform their duties, under penalty of nullity and of the payment of costs and damages. Everything that has commercial value may be sold, provided that special laws do not forbid the sale. The rights of succession of a living person shall not be sold even with his consent. If at the moment of the sale the thing sold has totally perished the sale shall be null.If only part of the thing has perished, the buyer may elect either to abandon the sale or to demand the delivery of the part that was preserved, subject to an adjustment of the price through a separate valuation. The sale of a future building is a contract whereby the seller undertakes to build a building within a period determined by the contract. It may be a building sale forward or a sale of the future completion of a building. The building sale forward is a contract where the seller undertakes to deliver a building when it is completed and the buyer undertakes to take delivery and pay the price at the time of such delivery. The ownership shall pass as of right when an authentic document establishes the completion of the building; it shall have effect retroactively to the date of the sale. The sale of the future completion of a building is a contract whereby the seller transfers immediately to the buyer his rights to the soil as well as the ownership of any existing structures thereon. The future structures shall belong to the buyer stage by stage as they are built; the buyer shall be bound to pay the price in proportion to the progress of the work. The seller retains his right to be in charge of the works until they have been accepted. The assignment by the buyer of the rights that he acquires from the sale of a future building has the effect of replacing as of right the buyer by the assignee with regard to the obligations of the buyer towards the seller.If the sale was subject to a contract of agency, the latter continues as between the seller and the assignee.These provisions shall apply to all transfers inter vivos, voluntary or judicial or mortis causa. The seller shall be bound to explain clearly what he undertakes.An obscure or ambiguous terms shall be interpreted against the seller.In regard to the obligations of the seller the provisions of article 1625 shall have particular application. There shall be two principal obligations, the obligation to deliver and the obligation of warranty of the thing sold. Delivery is the transfer of the thing sold to the control and possession of the buyer. The obligation to deliver immovable property on the part of the seller shall be performed when he hands over the keys, if it is a building, or when he passes the documents of title of the property to the other party. The delivery of movable property is effected:By actual delivery;Or by the handing over the keys of the building in which it is found;Or by the mere consent of the parties if the transfer cannot be made at the moment of the sale or if the buyer was already in control in another capacity. The delivery of incorporeal things is effected either by the handing over of any document of title or by the use that the buyer makes of them with the consent of the seller. The costs of delivery shall fall upon the seller and those of the removal upon the buyer, unless there is agreement to the contrary. Delivery must be made at the place where the thing sold was at the time of the contract, unless there is agreement to the contrary. If the seller fails to deliver within the mutually agreed time, the buyer may demand, at his option, either the cancellation of the contract or to be put in possession, provided the delay is due to the seller. In all cases, the seller shall be condemned to pay damage if the buyer suffers any detriment as a result of the failure to deliver at the time agreed upon. The seller shall not be bound to deliver the thing if the buyer has not paid the price, provided that the seller has not granted him time for payment. He shall not be bound to deliver, even if he has granted time for payment, if, since the sale, the buyer has become bankrupt or insolvent in a manner that the seller is in imminent danger of losing the price; unless the buyer has provided security for the payment when it becomes due. The thing shall be delivered in the state in which it was at the time of the sale.From that day all the profits of the thing shall belong to the buyer. The obligation to deliver the thing includes its accessories and everything that was intended for its permanent use. The seller shall be bound to deliver goods of the quality specified in the contract, subject to the conditions stated below. If the sale of an immovable was made by reference to its contents at the rate of so much per some standard of measurement, the seller shall be bound to deliver to the buyer, if he demands it, the quantity specified in the contract;But if this has become impossible or if the buyer does not demand it, the seller shall be bound to submit to a proportionate reduction of the price. Conversely, if in the case of the preceding article the quantity is greater than that specified in the contract, the buyer may elect either to supplement the price or to withdraw from the contract, provided that the excess is greater than the quantity stated by one twentieth. In all other cases,Whether the sale is made with regard to a certain and fixed item, or whether it has as its object distinct and separate property;Or whether it first refers to quality or to a description of thing sold followed by the quantity;The statement of the quantity shall not give rise to any supplement of the price in favour of the seller for the excess, nor in favour of the buyer for a reduction of the price owing to the smaller quantity, except to the extent that the difference between the real quantity and that stated in the contract is of one twentieth more or less, having regard to the value of all the things sold, unless there is agreement to the contrary. If there is an increase of the price, as stated in the preceding article, for any excess, the buyer may elect either to withdraw from the contract or to supplement the price with interest, if he has kept the immovable. In all the cases in which the buyer is entitled to withdraw from the contract, the seller shall be bound to restore, apart from the price if he has received it, the costs incurred by that contract. Proceedings for a supplement of the price on the part of the seller, and those for a reduction of the price or for the cancellation of the contract on the part of the buyer, shall be initiated within a year from the day of the contract after which the proceedings shall be barred. If two properties are sold by the same contract and for a single price but with a statement of the measurements of each, and it turns out that one is smaller and the other larger, there shall be a set-off to the extent of the total measurements of both properties; and the action, whether for a supplement or a reduction of the price, shall be brought in accordance with the aforementioned rules. The question as to who, the seller or the buyer, shall bear the loss or the deterioration of the thing sold before delivery takes place shall be decided in accordance with the rules laid down in the Title Contracts and Agreements in General. Even if, at the time of the sale, no provision is made with regard to warranties, the seller shall be bound by law to warrant the buyer against eviction in relation to the whole or part of the property sold, and against any alleged encumbrances upon the property which were not disclosed when the sale was concluded. The parties may, by special agreement, add to this legal obligation. They may exclude liability for any obvious defects which the buyer should have noticed. The seller shall, in any event, be bound by the consequences of his personal acts; any agreement to the contrary shall be null. In the case of an exclusion of warranty, the seller shall be bound to restore the price if the buyer has been evicted, unless the latter knew at the time of the sale of the danger of eviction or unless he bought the property at his risk and peril. When the warranties apply, or when nothing has been agreed upon in respect of this matter, the buyer who suffered eviction shall be entitled to demand from the seller: If at the time of the eviction the thing sold has diminished in value or has considerably deteriorated either through the negligence of the buyer or through accidents caused by an act of God, the seller shall be no less bound to restore the entire price. But if the buyer has derived profit from the deterioration caused by him the seller shall be entitled to retain from the price a sum, equal to that profit. If the thing sold has increased in value at the time of the eviction, even if the increase is independent from any act of the buyer, the seller shall be bound to pay him the excess over and above the purchase price. The seller shall be bound to reimburse the buyer, or to cause the person who has evicted the buyer to do so, for all the useful repairs and improvements which he had carried out upon the property. If the seller sells the property of another in bad faith, he shall be bound to reimburse the buyer for all the expenses which he incurs on account of the property, even if they relate to decorations or amenities. If the buyer is only evicted from part of the premises sold and that part is of such importance in relation to the whole that the buyer would not have bought the whole without the part which is taken away from him, he shall be entitled to rescind the sale. If, in the case of eviction from part of the premises, the sale is not rescinded, the value of the part from which the buyer has been evicted shall be reimbursed to him in accordance with the valuation made at the time of the eviction and not in proportion to the total purchase price, whether the property sold has increased or diminished in value. If the property sold is proved burdened with non-apparent easements which had not been disclosed, and they are of such importance that it is reasonable to presume that the buyer would not have bought had he been informed, he may demand rescission of the contract unless he prefers to be indemnified. Other questions which may give rise to damages and which arise from the failure to perform the sale shall be decided in accordance with the general principles laid down in the Title Contracts and Agreements in General. The warranty against eviction ceases when the buyer has allowed himself to be condemned to pay damages by a final decision or a decision against which it is no longer possible to appeal, without citing his seller, provided that the latter can prove that adequate grounds existed to reject the action. The seller shall be bound by the warranty against latent defects of the property sold which render it unfit to use for the purpose for which it was intended or which reduce its use so substantially that the buyer would not have bought it or would have paid a lesser price had he known of them. The seller shall not be liable for apparent defects which might reasonably have come to the notice of the buyer. In the cases of articles 1641 and 1643 the buyer may elect either to return the property in exchange for the price or to keep the property and recover part of the price he paid, the amount to be determined by arbitration of experts. If the seller knew of the defects of the property, he shall be bound not only to return the price that he has received but also to pay damages, if any, to the buyer. If the seller could not reasonably have been aware of the defects of the property, he shall only be bound to return the price and to reimburse the buyer the costs of the sale. The seller of a future building shall be liable for a period of five years from the acceptance of the works for all the latent defects for which the architects, builders and other persons bound to the owner of the building by a contract for work are liable in accordance with articles 1772 and 2270 of this Code.These warranties shall benefit any successive owners of the building.The contract shall not be rescinded nor shall there be a reduction of the price if the seller undertakes to repair the defects. If the defective thing perishes owing to its bad quality, the loss falls upon the seller who shall be bound towards the buyer to return the price and also bound to other compensation, as explained in the two preceding articles.However, if the loss is due to an inevitable accident it shall fall upon the buyer. [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule] The action for latent defects shall not be available with regard to property sold in a judicial sale unless such sale was a voluntary one in the sense that the seller was not bound to sell the property through a judicial procedure. The principal obligation of the buyer shall be to pay the price on the day and at the place agreed upon by the sale. If nothing has been fixed in this respect at the time of the sale, the buyer shall pay at the place and time of delivery. The buyer shall owe interest on the price of the sale until payment of the capital, in the following three cases:If that is agreed at the time of the sale;If the thing sold and delivered produces fruits or other income;If the buyer is served with notice to pay;In the last case, the interest shall only run from the day of the service of the notice to pay. If the buyer is sued or has reasonable cause to fear that he may be sued, either on a mortgage or by way of vindication, he may suspend payment of the price until the seller has brought that likelihood to an end unless he prefers to give security or unless it had been agreed that, notwithstanding the possibility of proceedings, the buyer will pay. The rescission of the sale of immovables shall be ordered forthwith if the seller is in danger of losing both the thing and the price.If that danger does not exist, the Judge may grant to the buyer a time-limit, long or short, according to the circumstances.If this time-limit expires without the buyer having paid, the rescission of the contract shall be ordered. If it is agreed at the time of the sale of an immovable that upon failure to pay the price within the agreed time the sale will be rescinded as of right, the buyer may nevertheless pay after the expiry of the time-limit provided that he has not been served with notice to perform the contract: after such notice, the Judge shall not grant him any further time-limit. With regard to the sale of produce and other movable things, the rescission of the sale shall be effected as of right for the benefit of the seller and without the need to serve notice once the time agreed upon for collecting the goods has expired. The option to redeem or to repurchase is a term whereby the seller reserves for himself the right to take back the thing sold upon returning the principal price and making a refund as provided in article 1673. The option to redeem shall not be available beyond a period of five years.If it extends beyond that period it shall be reduced to five years. The period fixed is binding and cannot be prolonged by the Judge. If the seller fails to exercise his option to repurchase within the prescribed period, the buyer shall remain irrevocably owner.However, the buyer shall be bound to serve reasonable notice to the seller of the impending expiry of the option. Failure to do so shall extend the time of repurchase until the expiry of any subsequent reasonable notice. The time runs against everyone, even against a minor, subject to a right of action against the person who failed to act. The seller entitled to an option to redeem may bring his action against a subsequent buyer, even if the option to repurchase was not inserted in the later contract. The buyer bound by an option to redeem may exercise all the rights of his seller; he may acquire by prescription against the real owner as he can against those who claim rights or mortgages upon the property. He may demand that the creditors of his seller must first seize the property of the latter. An option to redeem shall not be exercised in relation to property in co-ownership. [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule] [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule] [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule] [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule] [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule] The seller who exercises the option to redeem shall refund not only the principal price but also the costs and notarial fees for drawing up the documents of sale, the costs of any necessary repair and those which have increased the value of the property to the extent of such increase. He shall not enter into possession until he has fulfilled all these obligations.When the seller takes possession of his property as a result of the exercise of the option to redeem he takes it free from all encumbrances and mortgages with which the buyer may have burdened it on condition that that option has been properly registered at the Office of the Registrar-General before the inscription of the said encumbrances and mortgages. He shall be bound to execute the leases which were granted in good faith by the buyer. If the price paid by the buyer is less than one half of the value of the thing bought, whether it be movable or immovable, the seller shall be entitled to a rescission of the contract, even if he has expressly waived his right to do so, and even if he has declared his willingness to give up the surplus value of the property. Subject to the provisions of this article and articles 1675 and 1676, the rule of article 1118 of this Code shall have application. In order to establish whether there is a lesion of more than one half, the value of the property shall be calculated according to its condition at the time of the sale.In the case of a unilateral promise of a sale the lesion is estimated on the day of its fulfilment. The rules of articles 1118 and 1674 shall not apply to contingent contracts unless it is clear that one of the contracting parties cannot expect to derive a reasonable benefit from the counterpromise. To establish whether lesion occurred the Court shall take into account the condition and value of the property at the time of the sale. The right to sue for rescission on the ground of lesion shall be barred after five years.This time runs against minors, absentees and interdicted persons as well as against minors claiming under a person of full age. This time limit shall not be suspended while the time agreed upon for the exercise of the option to redeem is still running. The Court shall not admit any claims that a contract is vitiated by lesion unless the plaintiff is able to make out a prima facie case that the circumstances are sufficiently serious to warrant an investigation by the Court. To satisfy the Court that a prima facie case exists the plaintiff must submit a report by three experts who shall be bound to draw up a single report and to express an option by majority.The experts shall be appointed by the Court unless both parties have jointly agreed to appoint the three experts. If the action for rescission succeeds the Court shall make an order as under article 1674.If, in the meanwhile, the property has passed on to a third party, the right to a supplement shall be exercised against such party; subject to the right of the third party to recoup his loss against the buyer. If the buyer prefers to keep the thing and pay a supplement as provided in article 1118, he shall also pay interest on the supplement as from the day when the action for rescission was brought.If he prefers to return the thing and recover the price, he must also surrender the income of the thing as from the day when the action was brought.If he has received no income he shall be entitled to interest on the price as from the day fixed for payment of the supplement. Rescission shall not be available to the buyer. It shall not be available for any sales which, according to the law, can only be concluded with the authority of the Court. [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule. Cap. 33] If a property owned in common by several persons cannot be divided conveniently or without loss;Or if in a division of property by private agreement there are items which none of the co-owners is willing to take,The sale shall be by auction and the price shall be divided amongst the co-owners. Each co-owner shall be entitled to demand that the licitation should be by public auction.A public auction is necessary when one of the co-owners is a minor, unless the Court has granted dispensation after a hearing as provided by law. The produce and the forms to be observed in sale by licitation are explained in the Title Succession, the rules of civil procedure and the Immovable Property (Judicial Sales) Act, Cap, 94, or such other laws as may from time to time be enacted. In the assignment of a claim or a right or an action to a third party, the delivery shall be effected between the assignor and assignee by the handing over of the document of title. If the debtor pays the assignor before being notified of the assignment by the assignor or the assignee he shall be validly discharged. The sale of the assignment of a claim shall include the accessories of the claim, such as the security, the privilege and the mortgage. A person who sells a claim or other incorporeal right shall guarantee its existence at the time of the assignment, though the sale may have been made without warranty. He shall only be answerable for the solvency of the debtor if he binds himself to do so, and only to the extent of the price paid by the assignee. If he has promised to provide a warranty of the solvency of the debtor, that promise applies only to the present solvency of the debtor and does not extend to the future, unless this has been expressly stipulated. A person who sells his rights of inheritance without specifying any objects in detail shall only guarantee his capacity to inherit. If he has already received the fruits of any property or the amount of any claims belonging to that inheritance, or if he has sold certain items of the succession, he shall be bound to reimburse the buyer unless he has expressly excluded them for the sale. The buyer shall, on his side, reimburse the seller for all that the latter has paid for the debts and charges of the succession and shall account for all sums received which were due to him from the succession unless there is agreement to the contrary. A person against whom a right subject to litigation has been assigned may be discharged by paying to the assignee the actual price of the assignment together with the costs and notarial fees, with interest, as from the day when the assignee has paid the price of the assignment made to him. A right is deemed to be subject to litigation as soon as proceedings are started or a dispute as to its merits arises. The provision referred to in article 1699 shall not apply: Exchange is a contract whereby each of two parties gives something to the other in return for something. An exchange shall be concluded by the mere consent of the parties in the same manner as a sale. If one of the parties to the exchange has already received the thing given to him in exchange and if he then proves that the other contracting party does not have the ownership of it, the former shall not be bound to deliver the thing which he has promised in exchange but only to return the thing he has received. A party to an exchange who is evicted from the thing he has received shall be entitled either to sue for damages or to recover the thing which he has given. Rescission on the ground of lesion shall not be available to the contract of exchange. All other rules laid down for the contract of sale shall apply to exchange. There are two kinds of contracts of hire:Hire of things,And hire of work or services. Hire of things is a contract whereby one of the parties binds himself to allow another to enjoy a thing during a certain time in return for a certain price which the latter undertakes to pay him. Hire of work or services is a contract whereby one of the parties binds himself to do some work for the other in return for a price agreed between them. These two kinds of hire are further distinguished into several special kinds:A lease is the hire of a house, as a hire simply is the hire of movable property.An agricultural lease is the hire of rural property;A hire can also be the hire of work or services;A lease of livestock is the hire of animals, the income from which is divided between the owner and the persons to whom he entrusts them.Estimates or bargains or contracts at inclusive prices relating to the carrying out of work at a fixed price also constitute a hire when the material is provided by the person for whom the work is done.These last three kinds are subject to special rules. Leases of State property or property belonging to public institutions may be subject to special regulation. All kinds of property, movable or immovable, may be leased or hired. An agreement for a lease may be written or verbal. A lease must be executed in an authentic form.The alienation of State land is subject to special legislation. If the agreement is concluded without writing and has not yet been executed, and if one of the parties denies its existence, oral evidence shall not be admissible, however small its price, and even if it is alleged that money has been given by way of earnest.However, an oath may be administered to the person who denies the agreement. If there is a dispute as to the rent in the case of an oral tenancy agreement the term of which has commenced, and if no receipt exists, the landlord shall be believed upon his oath unless the tenant elects to demand a valuation by experts; in that case the costs of the valuation shall fall upon the tenant if it exceeds the rent which he has declared. The tenant shall be entitled to sublet and even to assign his lease to another unless this right is excluded by the agreement.The exclusion may extend to the whole or only a part of the premises. It shall be strictly observed. Leases of property of a minor exceeding nine years shall only bind the minor who has reached majority or his heirs for the time which remains to run out of the first period of nine years, if that period has not elapsed, or out of the second period and so on, so that the lessee shall only be entitled to a tenancy for the remainder of the period of nine years in which the minor reaches majority or dies.Leases of property of a minor executed or renewed before the expiry of the running lease in the case of agricultural property and in the case of houses, shall be without effect unless the term has commenced or is intended to commence before the minor's majority. The owner, by the nature of the contract and without the need for any special stipulation, shall be bound: The owner shall be bound to deliver the thing in good repair in all respects.During the continuance of the hire he shall carry out all the repairs which may become necessary except those which are the responsibility of the tenant. The tenant is entitled to a warranty against any defects of the thing under hire which interfere with its use, even if the owner did not know of them when the hire was concluded.If the tenant incurs any loss due to these faults or defects, he shall be indemnified. If during the hire the thing is totally destroyed owing to an inevitable accident, the agreement is terminated as of right; if it is partly destroyed, the tenant may, according to the circumstances, either demand a reduction of the price or even the termination of the hire. In either case no compensation shall be payable. The owner may not, during the hire, change the condition of the thing under hire. If during the hire the thing is in need of urgent repairs which may not be postponed until the end, the tenant shall allow them to be carried out, however inconveniently it may be, and even if he be deprived while they are being carried out of part of the thing under hire. However, if the repairs are extended beyond a reasonable time, the price of the hire shall be reduced in proportion to the time and part of the thing under hire of which he has been deprived.If the repairs are of such nature that they render the premises necessary for the accommodation of the tenant and his family uninhabitable, he may demand the cancellation of the lease. The owner shall not be bound to warrant the tenant against any disturbance of his enjoyment caused by any acts of trespass of third parties, even if caused without a claim of right upon the thing under hire; but the tenant may sue such parties in his own name. Conversely, if a lessee or the agricultural tenant has been disturbed in his enjoyment as a result of proceedings concerning the ownership of the property, he shall be entitled to a proportional reduction of the rent provided that the disturbance and the interference have been brought to the notice of the landlord. If persons who have committed acts of trespass clam to have rights over the property leased, or if the tenant himself is sued with a view to securing his total or partial eviction from that property, or with a view to submitting him to the exercise of an easement, he shall call the lessor in guarantee, and he may be put out of cause, if he demands it, by citing the landlord from whom he holds possession. The tenant shall be bound by two principal obligations: If the tenant uses the thing under hire for some purpose other than the purpose for which it was intended or in a way which may cause damage to the owner, the latter may, according to the circumstances, cause the hire to be cancelled. If an inventory of the condition of the premises between the landlord and the tenant has been made, the latter shall be bound to return the property in such condition as he received it according to the inventory excluding anything that has perished or deteriorated by wear and tear or by an act of God. If no inventory of the condition of the premises has been made, the tenant shall be presumed to have received them in good repair, suitable for the tenancy, and he shall return them in the same condition unless there is evidence to the contrary. He shall be responsible for dilapidations or losses sustained during his enjoyment unless he proves that they were sustained without his fault. He shall be answerable for fire unless he proves that the fire was due to an inevitable accident or an act of God, or that it was due to a defect of construction; or that the fire spread from a neighbouring house. If there are several tenants, they shall be liable for fire in proportion to the rental value of the part of the premises which they occupy;Unless they prove that the fire began on the premises of one of them, in which case he alone shall be liable;Or unless some of them prove that the fire could not have started upon their premises, in which case they shall not be liable. The tenant shall be liable for the dilapidations and losses caused by the acts of persons in his household or of his sub-tenants. If the hire was concluded without writing, one of the parties shall only be able to serve the other with notice to quit if he observes the time-limits fixed by the local practice. If the hire was in writing, it shall be terminated as of right at the end of the term fixed, without the necessity of notice. If at the expiry of a written hire agreement the tenant is allowed to remain in possession, a new term shall arise the incidents of which shall be subject to the article relating to hire without writing. When a notice to quit has been served the tenant, even if he continued to enjoy the property, shall not be allowed to claim that the hire was tacitly renewed. In the case of the two preceding articles, the security given for the hire shall not cover any obligations arising from the extension of time. The contract of hire shall be terminated by the loss of the thing under hire and by the failure of the owner and the tenant respectively to fulfil their obligations. The contract of hire shall not be terminated by the death of either the owner or the tenant. If the lessor sells the property leased the buyer shall not evict the agricultural tenant or the lessee under a lease in an authentic form the term of which is certain, unless that right has been expressly reserved in the lease. If it is agreed, at the time of the lease, that in case of sale the buyer may evict the agricultural tenant or lessee, without any provision having been made with regard to damages, the lessor shall be bound to indemnify the agricultural tenant or the lessee in the following manner. If the lease is of a house, flat or shop, the lessor shall pay, by way of damages, to the evicted lessee a sum equal to the rent for the period of time which, in accordance with the local practice, is allowed between the service of a notice to quit and the eviction. If the lease is of agricultural land, the indemnity which the lessor shall pay to the tenant is one third of the rent payable during the whole of the remaining period of the lease. The indemnity shall be fixed by experts if the property consists of factories, works or other business requiring important outlays. The buyer who wants to avail himself of the right reserved by the lease to evict the agricultural tenant or lessee in case of a sale shall further be bound to give the lessee notice to quit within such reasonable time as is required for such notices according to the local practice.He shall also be bound to give at least one year's notice to the agricultural tenant. Agricultural tenants or lessees shall not be evicted unless the aforementioned damages are paid by the lessor or, if he fails to do so, by the buyer. If the lease has not been drawn up in the authentic form or if it has no fixed term, the buyer shall not be liable to pay any damages. The buyer subject to an option to repurchase shall not make use of the right to evict the lessee until the former has become the absolute owner at the expiry of the time-limit for redemption. The lessee who does not furnish the house with sufficient furniture may be evicted, unless he gives sufficient security to answer for the rent. The sub-tenant shall only be bound towards the owner to the extent of the rent of his sub-lease which he may still owe at the time of the seizure; he shall not be allowed to plead any payments of rent made in advance.Payments made by the sub-tenant in pursuance of a term of his contract or of a local practice shall not be deemed to have been made in advance. Tenant's repairs, or those of minor importance which bind the tenant unless there is agreement to the contrary, are those considered as such by local practice; among others these repairs shall include repairs to fireplaces, chimney-backs, casings and mantelpieces;The replastering of the lower part of the walls of flats and other residential premises up to the height of one metre.Floor slabs and tiles of rooms, when only a few are broken;Window panes, unless they are broken by hail stones or other extraordinary occurrences resulting from acts of God for which the tenant cannot be held responsible;Doors, windows, partitions or shutters of shops, hinges, bolts and locks. No repairs of those considered to be tenant's repairs shall fall upon the tenant when they have become necessary by wear and tear or by an act of God. The cleaning of wells and cesspools shall fall upon the lessor unless there is agreement to the contrary. The hire of movables for furnishing a whole house or the whole of a main building or a shop or all other kinds of flats shall be presumed to have been concluded for the usual period of a lease of a house, or main building, shop or other flat, according to the local practice. The lease of a furnished flat shall be deemed to have been concluded on an annual basis when the rent is at so much per annum;On a monthly basis when the rent is at so much per month;On a daily basis when the rent is at so much per day;If there is nothing to indicate that the lease is on an annual, monthly or daily basis, the tenancy shall be presumed to have been concluded according to the local practice. If the lessee of a house or a flat remains in occupation after the expiry of a written lease without any objection on the part of the lessor, he shall be deemed to occupy on the same conditions for a term fixed by local practice, and shall no longer be able to quit or be evicted without notice given in accordance with a time-limit fixed by local practice. In the case of cancellation due to the fault of the tenant, he shall be bound to pay the rent during the period reasonably necessary for relating the premises, quite apart from any damages which may result from his wrongful act. The lessor shall not terminate the tenancy, even if he wants to occupy the rented premises himself, unless there is agreement to the contrary. If it be agreed in the lease that the lessor may occupy the house, he shall be bound to give notice to quit at times determined by local practice. A person who cultivates land on condition that the produce shall be shared with the lessor shall not sublet or assign his lease unless that right has been expressly agreed upon. If the lessee disregards that rule, the owner shall be entitled to re-enter and the lessee shall be condemned to pay damages for failure to perform the lease. If in an agricultural lease the size of the land has been described as smaller or greater than it really is, the tenant shall only be compelled to increase or diminish the price according to the rules laid down in the Title Sale. If the lessee of agricultural property does not stock it with animals and essential implements for its exploitation, or if he gives up cultivating it or if he cultivates it carelessly, or if he uses the property leased for a different purpose from that intended, or, in general, if he does not observe the terms of the lease, as a result of which the lessor suffers some damage, he may, according to the circumstances, cancel the lease.In the case of a cancellation caused by the fault of the lessee, he shall be compelled to pay damages as laid down in article 1764. Every lessee of agricultural property shall be bound to store the crops in the place specially provided therefor according to the lease. The lessee of agricultural property shall be bound, under penalty of paying all the costs and damages, to notify the owner of all encroachments which may be made upon the property.This notice shall be given within the same time-limit as that laid down for the service of a writ according to the distance from the property. If the lease is granted for a term of several years, and during its continuance the whole or at least one half of the crop has been lost owing to inevitable accidents, the lessee may demand a reduction of the price of the lease, unless he is compensated by the profits made from the crops of previous years.If he is not so compensated, the reduction shall only be estimated at the termination of the lease, when he may claim compensation on the basis of his loss in comparison with the average crop over the whole term of his lease;In the meanwhile, the Court may provisionally dispense the lessee with the payment of part of the price on the ground of the loss suffered. If the tenancy is for one year only and the loss extends over the whole of the produce or at least over one half, the tenant shall be released from a proportionate part of the price of the tenancy.He shall claim no reduction if the loss amounts to less than one half. The agricultural tenant shall not obtain a reduction when the loss of produce occurs after it has been gathered, unless the lease grants the owner a share of the harvest in kind; in which case the owner shall bear his part of the loss, provided that the lessee has not been served with notice to deliver the lessor's part of the harvest.The agricultural tenant shall not obtain a reduction when the cause of the loss existed and was known when the lease was concluded. The lessee may be liable for inevitable accidents if this is expressly provided in the lease. That term shall not include ordinary inevitable accidents such as hail stones, lightning, frost or the fall of fruits.Neither shall it include extraordinary inevitable accidents, such as devastation caused by war or floods, to which the country is not ordinarily subject, unless the lessee has agreed to be liable for all inevitable accidents, foreseen or unforeseen. A tenancy of agricultural land granted orally shall be deemed to have been made for a period which permits the lessee to gather all the produce of the land under the lease.Thus the agricultural tenancy of a meadow or a vineyard, and of any other property the produce of which is gathered in its entirety in the course of a year, shall be deemed to have been granted for one year.The lease of arable land, when it is divided into breaks or seasons, shall be deemed to have been granted for corresponding periods, provided that these do not exceed two years. The lease of agricultural property, even if granted orally, shall be terminated as of right at the expiry of the time for which it is deemed to exist as provided in the preceding article. If at the expiry of a written lease of agricultural land the lessee remains on and is left in possession, a new lease shall be implied the effects of which are laid down in article 1774. The outgoing lessee of agricultural land shall leave to the incoming lessee any suitable lodgings and other facilities for the work of the following year; and conversely, the incoming tenant shall provide the outgoing tenant with suitable lodgings and other facilities for the consumption of fodder and for the harvesting which remains to be done.In either case the local practice shall be complied with. The outgoing tenant of agricultural land shall also leave the straw and manure of the year if he received them when he first entered into possession; and even if he had not so received them, the owner may retain them subject to his paying their value. A building lease is a lease whereby the lessee undertakes to build upon the land of the lessor and to preserve what he has built in good condition during the continuance of the lease.The parties shall agree with regard to their respective rights of ownership upon the existing buildings and upon those to be built. In the absence of such an agreement, the lessor shall become at the termination of the lease owner of all the buildings, structures and other improvements thereon. The rights and duties of the parties to a building lease shall be regulated by the contract. If no provision is made with regard to any matter, the rules relating to leases laid down in this Code shall have application. There are three main kinds of hire of work and services: **[Note to 1991 Ed: Article 1780 has been repealed to the extent that it is inconsistent with the Employment Act, 1985: section 95 of Act 22 of 1985.]A person may only bind himself to render services for a certain time or for a specific venture. The terms upon which a person binds himself to give services shall be settled between the parties. If there is any doubt as to the terms after the services have been rendered and this doubt cannot be resolved by any evidence, the parties shall be deemed to have agreed to reasonable terms having regard to the surrounding circumstances and local practice. Carriers by land, water and air shall be subject, in respect to the safe-keeping of things entrusted to them, to the same obligations as inn-keepers, as specified in the Title Deposit and Receivership. They shall be answerable not only for any property which they have received in their vehicle, vessel or aircraft, but also for what has been delivered to them at a station, garage, warehouse, port or airport for the purpose of carriage by their vehicle, vessel or aircraft. Contractors of public vehicles on land or in water or in the air and carriers of public goods shall keep a record of the money, articles and parcels of which they are in charge. Contractors and managers of public vehicles and carriers of public goods and the masters of barges, ships, and aircraft shall also be subject to special regulations which have the force of law as between them and the public. When a person undertakes to carry out a piece of work it may be agreed that he will only supply his labour or skill or that he will also supply the materials. If a workman supplies the materials and the thing made perishes in whatever manner before delivery, the loss shall fall upon the workman, unless the employer is late in taking delivery. When a workman only supplies his labour or his skill he shall only be liable for the destruction of the thing if he is negligent. In the case of the preceding article, if without any fault on the part of the workman the thing perishes before delivery and before the employer was able to examine it, the workman shall not be entitled to remuneration unless the thing perished by reason of a defect in the materials. If the thing consists of several pieces or if the thing is subject to measurement, the examination may be made in parts: it shall be deemed to cover all the parts paid for if the employer pays the workman progressively as the work is done. The architects, contractors and other persons bound with the owner of the building by a contract for work shall be liable if the building perishes in part or in its entirety owing to a fault of construction or even owing to a defect of the soil within a period of five years. When an architect or a contractor is in charge of the construction of a building for a lump sum in accordance with a specific plan settled with the owner of the land, no increase whatever may be asked of such owner either on the ground of an increase of the cost of labour or of materials or for any changes or additions made to the plan unless these changes or additions were authorised in writing and the price fixed by agreement with the owner, or unless the contract is made subject to an escalation clause by reference to a distinct and precise standard appropriate to the building trade. The employer may annul at will the agreement for a lump sum, even if the work has already started, provided he indemnifies the contractor for all his expenses, all his labour and whatever profit he would have made from the agreement. A contract for work or services shall be terminated by the death of the workman, the architect or the contractor. However, the owner shall be bound to pay to their heirs such proportion of the agreed price as corresponds to the value of the work done and that of the materials supplied, but only if such work or such materials can be of use to him. The contractor shall be liable for the acts of the person that he employs. Masons, carpenters and other workmen who were employed in the construction of a building or other work made in workshops shall have no right of acting against the person for whom the work was done, except to the extent of his debt to the contractor at the time when proceedings are started. Masons, carpenters, locksmiths and other workmen who make contracts for a lump sum shall be bound by the rules laid down in this Section: they shall be regarded as contractors in respect of the work undertaken. The lease of livestock is a contract whereby one of the parties delivers to the other livestock to be kept, fed and looked after under conditions agreed upon between them. There are several kinds of leases of livestock:The simple or ordinary lease of livestock,The lease of livestock on the basis of half and half,The lease of livestock granted to a tenant farmer or to a farmer on a share basis.There is also a fourth kind of contract improperly described as lease of livestock. Any kind of animal which can have young and which can benefit agriculture or commerce can be leased. In the absence of any special agreement, these contracts are regulated by the principles stated hereafter. The simple lease of livestock is a contract whereby animals are delivered from one person to another to guard, feed and look after on condition that the lessee takes one half of the young animals born and also bears one half of the loss. The reference in the lease to the number, description and value of the animals delivered shall not confer the ownership upon the lessee. Its only effect is to serve as a basis for the settlement on the day of the expiry of the contract. The lessee shall show reasonable care with regard to the safe keeping of the livestock. He shall only be liable for accidental loss if such loss was preceded by a fault on his part. In case of a dispute, the lessee shall be bound to prove his allegation that the loss was accidental and the lessor shall be bound to prove that it was due to the fault of the lessee. The lessee who can prove that the loss was accidental shall, nevertheless, be liable to account for the skins of the animals. If the livestock totally perishes without the fault of the lessee, the loss falls on the lessor.If it only perishes in part, the loss is borne by both in common on the basis of the difference between the original valuation and that at the end of the lease. That parties shall not be allowed to agree:That the lessee must bear the total loss of the livestock, even if it occurs by chance and without his fault.Or that he will bear of the loss a greater part than he will of the gain.Or that the lessor will be entitled, at the end of the lease, to something more than the livestock that he has delivered.An agreement to that effect shall be null.The lessee shall alone benefit from the milk, the manure and the work of the animals subject to the lease.The wool and the young shall be shared. The lessee shall not dispose of any animal of the herd, whether of the original stock or from the young, without the consent of the lessor who himself may not dispose of it without the consent of the lessee. When the livestock is given to the tenant-farmer of another owner the latter must be notified of the lease; failing which he may seize the livestock and sell it in satisfaction of the debt of his farmer. The lessee shall not be allowed to shear the cattle without notifying the lessor. If the time of the expiry of the lease is not fixed by the agreement, it shall be deemed to have been made for three years. The lessor may demand the cancellation of the lease earlier if the lessee does not perform his obligations. At the end of the lease, or upon its cancellation, the lessor shall be entitled to take animals of every kind, in a way which will permit him to take a stock of animals similar to the animals he delivered, having special regard their number, race, age, weight and quality. The excess shall be shared.If there are not enough animals to provide a stock, such as is described above, the parties shall take account of the loss on the basis of the value of the animals on the day of the expiry of the contract.Any agreement whereby the lessee, at the expiry of the contract or upon its cancellation, must provide livestock of equal value to that of the original estimate shall be null. The lease of livestock on the basis of half and half is a partnership whereby each party provides one half of the animals and the whole is held in common for profit or for loss. The lessee alone shall take the profit, as in the simple lease of livestock, from the milk, the manure and the work of the animals.The lessor shall only be entitled to one half of the wool and of the young.Any agreement to the contrary shall be null unless the lessor is the owner of the farm of which the lessee is a tenant-farmer or a farmer on a share basis. All other rules of the simple lease of livestock shall apply to the lease on the basis of half and half. This lease of livestock is one whereby the owner of a farm lets it on condition that, at the expiry of the lease, the tenant shall leave a similar stock of animals as he has received. The reference to the number, description and value of the animals delivered, as stated in the lease, shall not transfer the property thereof to the lessee; its only purpose is to serve as the basis of the settlement due to be made when the contract comes to an end. All the profits shall belong to the farmer during the period of this lease unless there is agreement to the contrary. In leases of livestock granted to farmers, the manure shall not be included in the personal profits of the lessee but shall belong to the farm for the benefit of which alone it must be used. A loss, even a total loss caused accidentally, shall be borne by the farmer unless there is agreement to the contrary. At the end of the lease, or when it is terminated, the lessee shall leave animals of each kind in such a manner as to make up a stock of animals similar to the stock that he received, especially with regard to the number, race, age, weight and quality of the animals.If there is an excess, it shall belong to the lessee.If there is a deficit, the settlement between the parties shall be made on the basis of the value of the animals at the termination of the contract.An agreement whereby the lessee, at the end of the lease or at its previous termination, must redeliver a stock of animals of an equal value to that of the animals originally delivered shall be null. If the livestock perishes without any fault of the farmer on a share basis, the loss shall fall upon the lessor. The parties may agree that the farmer on a share basis shall deliver his share of the wool to the lessor at below its ordinary value;That the lessor shall take a greater part of the profit;That he shall have one half of the milk;But the parties shall not agree that the farmer on a share basis shall bear the total loss. This kind of lease must expire with the lease of the farm. It shall be, in any case, subject to the rules of the simple lease of livestock. When one or more cows are delivered to be kept and fed the lessor shall retain their ownership; but he may only take the young that are born. Partnership is a contract whereby two or more persons agree to make a joint contribution for the purpose of sharing any benefit that may result therefrom. A partnership must have a lawful object and shall be made in the common interest of the parties.Every partner must contribute thereto either money or other property or his work. A partnership agreement must be drawn up in writing when the object exceeds the value of 5,000 Rupees.Oral evidence shall not be admissible against and beyond the terms of the document of partnership nor as to any terms allegedly agreed before, during or after the drawing-up of the document, even if it relates to less than 5,000 Rupees. Partnerships are either universal or particular. There are two kinds of universal partnerships, the partnership of all present property and the universal partnership of profits.[Note to 1991 Ed: See section 344 of the Companies Act (Act 4 of 1972).] In the partnership of all present property, the parties jointly contribute all the movable and immovable property which they possess in fact and any profits they may derive therefrom.They may also include every other kind of profit; but the property which may devolve upon them by way of succession, gift or legacy shall not be included except to the extent of the enjoyment of such property: any agreement tending to include in the partnership the ownership of such property shall be forbidden. The universal partnership of profits consists of everything which the parties acquire through work, however obtained, during the continuance of the partnership; any movable property which each partner possesses at the time of the contract is also included; but the immovable property which each partner owns personally shall only be included to the extent of its enjoyment. The simple agreement to set up a universal partnership without any further explanation shall only be construed as setting up a universal partnership of profits. A universal partnership can only be set up amongst persons who have capacity to transfer to or to receive from one another and who are not forbidden to receive any advantage to the detriment of others. The particular partnership is a partnership which only applies to determinate things or to their use or to any fruits derived therefrom. The contract whereby several persons become partners either for a specific venture or for the exercise of some trade or profession also sets up a particular partnership. A partnership begins when the contract is made unless a different time is stipulated therein. If a partnership does not contain a term relating to its duration, it is deemed to extend over the lifetime of all the partners, subject to the restriction of article 1869; or if it relates to a venture of limited duration, over the whole of the time in which the venture lasts. Each partner shall be debtor towards the partnership in respect of all the property which he has promised to contribute.When that contribution consists of a specific thing of the possession of which the partnership has been deprived, the partner shall stand security for it towards the partnership in the same manner as the seller towards the buyer. The partner who is bound to contribute a sum to the partnership and has not done so shall become, by operation of law and without the need for a demand, debtor for the interest of that sum as from the day when that sum becomes due.The same shall apply to sums which he has taken out of the funds of the partnership as from the day when he withdraws them for his personal benefit.These rules shall be without prejudice to further damages, if any. The partners who are only bound to provide their work to the partnership shall render account to it of all the gains they have made through the kind of skill which is the object of that partnership. When one of the partners is, on his own personal account, creditor of a third party who is also a debtor to the partnership of a sum also due, the sum which he receives from such debtor shall be used towards the discharge of both debts in proportions to each amount due, even if the creditor has by his receipt accepted the payment in full settlement of his private claim: but if by his receipt the creditor accepted the payment in full settlement of the debt to the partnership, this discharge shall be effective. When one of the partners has received his full share of the partnership claim and the debtor has since become insolvent, that partner shall be bound to transfer his share to the common fund, even if he had given a receipt in settlement of his share of the debt. Each partner shall be liable to the partnership for any damage caused through his fault, and he shall not be permitted to set off the damage he has caused against the profits which he may have gained through his work from other ventures. if the things the enjoyment of which alone is contributed to the partnership are certain and determinate and cannot be consumed by use, the partner who owns them shall bear the risk.If the things can be consumed or if they deteriorate or if they are intended for sale, or if they are brought into the partnership on the basis of a valuation based upon an inventory, the partnership shall bear the risks.If the thing has been valued, the partner shall only be liable for the amount of the valuation. A partner shall have a right of action not only for any sums which he has paid on behalf of the partnership but also for any obligations which he has incurred in good faith in the course of the business of the partnership, and for the risks inherent in the management. If the partners have agreed that the question of their respective contributions is to be decided by one of them or a third party, the decision of such person shall not be attacked unless it is manifestly unfair.No claim shall be admitted in this respect after three months from the time when the party having a grievance becomes aware of such decision or has acted upon it. The agreement whereby one of the partners obtains all the profits shall be null.Null shall also be a term which exempts the sums or things brought into the capital of the partnership by one or more partners from all contribution to the losses. The partner who has been put in charge of the management by a special term in the contract of partnership may perform, notwithstanding the opposition of the other partners, all the acts relating to his management, provided that there is no fraud on his part.This authority cannot be revoked without lawful cause for so long as the partnership lasts; but if it was granted by a document subsequent to the contract of partnership it is revocable in the same way as the simple power of attorney. When several partners have been put in charge of the management without their respective duties having been specified or without an indication that one shall not be able to act without the other, each of them may separately perform all the duties of such management. If it is agreed that one of the managers shall not act without the other, one cannot, without a new agreement, act in the absence of the other even if that other is in fact unable to concur to the acts of management. In the absence of special terms relating to management, the following rules shall apply: Every partner may, without the consent of his partners, take a third party as a partner in respect of his share in the partnership; but he cannot, without the consent of the others, bring him in as a partner of the partnership, even if he is in charge of its management. In non-commercial partnerships, the partners shall not be jointly and severally liable for the partnership debts and one of the parties cannot bind the other unless they have empowered him to do so. The partners shall be bound towards the creditors with whom they have concluded a contract, each one for an equal sum and share, even if the share of one of them is smaller; unless the contract has specifically limited the liability of the latter to the extent of his share. The proviso that the obligation has been contracted on behalf of the partnership shall only bind the contracting partner and not the others unless they have given him powers to enter into such a contract, or unless the partnership has benefited from it. A partnership is terminated: The agreement to extend a partnership set up for a limited time shall only be valid if it is made in the same writing and form as the contract of partnership. When one of the partners promises to bring into the partnership the ownership of a thing, the loss of it prior to the transfer brings the partnership to an end for all the partners.The partnership shall also be dissolved in all cases of loss of the thing, if its enjoyment only had been brought into the partnership, the ownership thereof having remained in the hands of a partner.But the partnership shall not come to an end by the loss of the thing the ownership of which had already been brought into it. If it is provided that in case of death of one of the partners, the partnership should either continue with his heir or only with the surviving partners, such provisions shall be observed.In the second of these two cases, the heir of the deceased shall only be entitled to a distribution in accordance with the assets of that partnership at the time of the death and shall not participate in any later distribution unless such distribution necessarily arises from acts done before the death of the partner from whom he inherits. The renunciation shall not be deemed to be in good faith when it is made by a partner in order that he may alone derive a benefit which all the partners had intended to derive jointly.It is inopportune when the things are no longer in their former state and it is important for the partnership that its dissolution be postponed. The dissolution of partnerships limited in time may not be demanded by one of the partners before the expiry of the period agreed upon, unless there is just cause, as when another partner fails in his obligations or a permanent disablement has rendered him unfit in respect of the business of the partnership, or in other similar cases the soundness and gravity of which shall be left to the discretion of the Court. The rules relating to the Division of inheritances, the forms of that division and the obligations amongst all the co-heirs arising therefrom, shall apply to the division amongst partners. The provisions of the present Title shall only apply to commercial partnership to the extent that they are not contrary to the laws and usages of commerce. There are two kinds of loans:The loan of things which may be used without being destroyed;And the loan of things which can be consumed by the use made of them;The first kind is called loan for use;Then second is called loan for consumption or simply loan. The loan for use is a contract whereby one of the parties delivers a thing to another to be used by him on condition that the borrower must return it after having used it. This loan is essentially gratuitous. The lender shall remain owner of the thing lent. Everything which is in commercial exchange and which is not consumed by use may be the subject-matter of this contract. The rights and duties which are created by the loan for use are transmissible to the heirs of the lender and the borrower.However, if a person lends to another personally and solely in consideration of that person, his heirs shall not have the enjoyment of the thing lent. The borrower shall be bound to show reasonable care with regard to the safe-keeping and preservation of the thing lent. He must only use it for the purpose for which it is intended by its nature or by the agreement; failure to do so shall entail his liability to damages. If the borrower uses the thing for a different purpose or for a period longer than he should have, he shall be liable for the loss, even if it is accidental. If the thing lent perishes by an inevitable accident from which the borrower could have preserved it by using his own, or if he could only preserve one of two things and chose to preserve his own, he shall be liable for the loss of the other. If the thing had been valued when it was lent, the supervening loss, even if due to an inevitable accident, shall fall upon the borrower unless there is agreement to the contrary. If the thing deteriorates by the mere use for which it is borrowed, provided there is no fault on the part of the borrower, he shall not be liable for the deterioration. The borrower shall not retain the thing by way of compensation for what is due to him from the lender. If the borrower in using the property has incurred some expense, he shall not be able to recover it. If several persons have jointly borrowed the same property, they are jointly and severally liable to the lender. The lender shall not take back the property lent until the expiry of the agreed period; or if there is no agreement, until after it has served the purpose for which it was borrowed. Nevertheless, if during the period of the loan or before the need of the borrower ceases, a pressing and unexpected need for the property arises for the lender, the Court may, according to the circumstances, order the borrower to restore it. If, during the period of the loan, the borrower is obliged, in order to preserve the property, to incur any extraordinary and necessary expense which is of such urgent nature that he is not able to notify the lender, the latter shall be bound to reimburse him. When the property lent has such defects as could cause some detriment to its user, the lender shall be liable if he had known of the defects and failed to warn the borrower. The loan for consumption is a contract whereby one of the parties delivers to the other a certain quantity of things which are consumed by use on condition that the latter shall return to him as much of the same kind and quality. The effect of this loan is to make the borrower owner of the thing lent, and the risk of the loss falls upon him however it may occur. Things which, although of the same kind, differ one from the other, such as animals, may not be given by way of a loan for consumption; in that case the loan is for use. The rule laid down in the preceding article shall not apply if the loan consisted of bullion; provided that such loan is lawful in the circumstances and according to such laws as are from time to time enacted. If the loan is of billion or of commodities, whatever the increase or decrease in their price, the debtor shall always return the same quantity and quality and nothing else.The proviso of the preceding article shall also apply in this respect. In the loan for consumption, the lender shall be bound by the liability of article 1891 relating to the loan for use. The lender shall not demand the return of the things lent before the expiry of the agreed term. In no time had been fixed for the return of the thing, the Court may grant the borrower an extension according to the circumstances. If it had merely been agreed that the borrower should pay when he could or when he finds the means to do so, the Court shall fix a time for payment according to the circumstances. The borrower shall be bound to return things of the same quantity and quality as the things lent and at a time agreed upon. If he finds it impossible to do so, he shall be bound to pay their value having regard to the time and place at which the thing ought to have been returned according to the contract.If the time and place had not been fixed, the payment shall be made at the price prevailing at the time and place at which the loan had been contracted. If the borrower does not return the things lent or their value at the agreed time, he shall be liable for interest as from the day of the filing of the action. It is permissible to stipulate an interest for a simple loan to be paid either in money or in produce or in other movable things. The borrower who has paid interest which has not been agreed upon may neither demand its return nor deduct it from the capital. The interest is either legal or conventional. The legal interest is laid down by law. The conventional interest may exceed the legal interest whenever the law does not forbid it.The conventional rate of interest must be agreed upon in writing. The receipt for the capital given without a reservation as to the interest creates a presumption that it has been paid and operates as a discharge for it. It is permissible to agree upon an interest on capital which the lender undertakes not to claim back.In that event, the loan shall be called an annuity. This annuity may be contracted in two ways: in perpetuity or for life. The annuity contracted in perpetuity is in principle redeemable.The parties may, however, agree that the redemption shall not be made before the expiry of a period which cannot exceed ten years or that it shall not be made without giving to the creditor such notice in advance as the parties have determined. The debtor of an annuity contracted in perpetuity may be compelled to redeem it: The capital of the annuity contracted in perpetuity shall also become due in case of bankruptcy or insolvency of the debtor. The rules relating to life annuities are laid down in the Title Contingent Contracts. The deposit in general is a contract whereby a party receives the property of another subject to the obligation of safekeeping and of restoring it in kind. There are two kinds of deposit, the deposit properly so called on the one hand, and the deposit with a stake-holder or receivership on the other. The deposit properly so called is in principle a gratuitous contract. It can only apply to movable property. It is only completed by delivery, actual or fictitious, of the property deposited.Fictitious delivery shall be sufficient when the depositary is already in possession, under some other title, of the property which it is agreed he shall continue to hold by way of deposit. The deposit is either voluntary or necessary. The voluntary deposit is made by the mutual agreement of the person who delivers the property and the person who receives it. The voluntary deposit may only be validly made by the owner of the property deposited or with his consent express or implied. The voluntary deposit shall be proved in writing. Oral evidence shall not be admissible if the property exceeds 5,000 Rupees in value. When the deposit valued at less than 5,000 Rupees cannot be proved by writing, the depositary's declaration in proceedings shall be admissible as to whether the deposit was made or as to the subject-matter of it or as to the fact of its restitution. A voluntary deposit can only be made between persons capable of concluding a contract.Nevertheless, if a person capable of concluding a contract accepts a deposit made by a person having no capacity, he shall be bound by all the obligations of a true depositary; he may be sued by the guardian or the curator of the person who has made the deposit. If the deposit is made by a person fully capable with a person of reduced capacity, the person who made the deposit shall only be entitled to vindicate the property deposited while it still is in the hands of the depositary; or he shall be entitled to claim restitution to the extent to which the depositary has benefited from the deposit. The depositary shall show, with regard to the safe-keeping of the property deposited, the same standard of care as he shows in relation to his own property. With regard to the provisions of the preceding article the standard of reasonable care shall apply: The depositary shall not be bound in any circumstances for any accident caused by an act of God, unless notice had previously been served upon him to restore the property deposited. He shall not use the property deposited except with the express or implied permission of the depositor. He shall not seek to find out the nature of the property deposited if it was entrusted to him in a closed safe or under a sealed cover. The depositary shall return the identical property which he has received.Thus, the deposit of sums of money shall be returned in similar coins and notes received, whether their value has increased or diminished. The depositary shall only be bound to return the property deposited in the state in which it is at the moment of the return. Any deterioration which did not occur through his act shall fall upon the depositor. The depositary from whose custody the property was taken through an act of God and who has received money or anything else in its place shall return what he has received. The heir of the depositary who has sold the property in good faith and in ignorance of the deposit shall only be bound to return the price that he has received or, if he has not received the price, he shall be bound to assign his action against the buyer. If the property deposited has produced any fruits which were collected by the depositary, he shall be obliged to restore them. He shall not be liable for any interest on money deposited unless notice has been served upon him to restore the property, and as from the date of such notice. The depositary need not return the property deposited except to the person who entrusted him with it or to the person in whose name the deposit had been made or to a person designated to receive it. He cannot demand from the person who has made the deposit proof that he was the owner of the property deposited.Nevertheless, if he discovers that the property had been stolen and learns the name of the true owner, he shall disclose to him the deposit made and give him notice to claim it within a fixed and reasonable time.If the person to whom the disclosure was made neglects to claim the deposit, the depositary shall be validly released from liability by delivering the property to the person from whom he received it. In case of death of the person who has made the deposit, the property deposited may only be returned to his heir.If there are several heirs, it shall be returned to each one of them, in proportion to their share, or to the fiduciary if one is appointed.If the property deposited cannot be divided, the heirs must come to an agreement amongst themselves before they can receive it. If the person who has made the deposit has changed status, as for instance, if a person of full age becomes interdicted, in this and all other similar cases, the deposit shall not be restored to a person other than the person who administers the rights and the property of the depositor. If the deposit had been made by a guardian or by a curator in one of these capacities, it shall be restored, if their administration has come to an end, to the person whom that guardian or curator represented. If the contract of deposit indicates the place in which the restitution is to be made, the depositary shall be bound to take the property deposited to such place. If there are any transport costs, they shall be borne by the depositor. If the contract does not indicate the place of restitution, it shall be made at the same place where the deposit was made. The deposit shall be delivered to the depositor as soon as he claims it, even if the contract had fixed a certain time before its return; unless there is in the hands of the depositary an order for attachment or a Court order against the return or removal of the property deposited. The depositary who acts in bad faith shall lose his right of assignment. All the obligations of the depositary shall come to an end if he discovers and if he can prove that he is the owner of the property deposited. The person who has made the deposit shall be bound to reimburse to the depositary the costs he has incurred for the maintenance of the property deposited, and to indemnify him for all the losses which he may have incurred through the deposit. The depositary may retain the deposit until the complete discharge of the sum due as a result of it. The necessary deposit is one that is forced upon the parties through an accident, such as a fire, ruin, looting, a shipwreck or other unforeseen event. Oral evidence shall be admissible to prove a necessary deposit, even if its value is more than 5,000 Rupees. The necessary deposit, in any event, shall be subject to all the rules previously enunciated. shall be deemed to be property brought to the hotel. A hotel-keeper shall not be liable in so far as the damage, destruction or loss is due to— The hotel-keeper shall be liable and shall not have the benefit of the limitation on his liability laid down in paragraph 4 of article 1952 where the damage, destruction or loss is caused by a wilful act or omission or negligence on his part or on the part of any person for whose actions he is responsible. Except in any case to which article 1954-1 of this Code applies, the guest shall cease to be entitled to the benefit of these provisions if after discovering the damage, destruction or loss he does not inform the hotel-keeper without undue delay. Any notice or agreement purporting to exclude or diminish the hotelkeeper's liability given or made before the damage, destruction or loss has occurred shall be null and void. The provisions of article 1952 to 1954-3 shall not apply to vehicles, property left in a vehicle or live animals. A deposit may take the form of a deposit with a stakeholder if concluded by the agreement of the parties, or of a receivership if judicially imposed. The deposit with a stakeholder is concluded by agreement and is made by one or more persons with regard to property in dispute by placing such property in the hands of a third party who shall be bound to return it after the settlement of the dispute to the person to whom it is adjudged. The deposit with a stakeholder need not be gratuitous. When it is gratuitous, it is subject to the rules of the deposit properly so called, subject to the differences hereafter indicated. The deposit with a stakeholder may have as its object not only movable but also immovable property. The stakeholder shall not be discharged before the dispute is settled except by the consent of all the interested parties or by a Court for just cause. A Court may order into receivership: The appointment of a judicial custodian gives rise to mutual obligations between the person entitled to the attachment and the custodian. The custodian shall be bound to show, with regard to the maintenance of the seized property, reasonable care.He shall deliver such property either to the person entitled to the attachment at the successful outcome of the proceedings so that the property may be sold or to the party against whom execution is levied in case the attachment order is lifted.The obligation of the person whose property is seized shall consist of paying the custodian the remuneration fixed by law. Judicial receivership is conferred either upon a custodian agreed upon by the interested parties or upon a custodian nominated ex officio by the Court.In both cases, the person whose property is entrusted shall be subject to all the obligations which are attached to a deposit with a stakeholder. A contingent contract is a mutual agreement the effects of which, with regard to the profits and losses, whether for all the parties or one or more of them, depend upon an uncertain event.Such contract are:Contracts of Insurance,Bottomry loans,Gaming and wagering contracts,Life annuities.The first shall be governed by special legislation. In the absence of such legislation the rules relating to marine insurance shall apply.The second shall be governed by the rules relating to marine insurance. The law shall not provide any right of action for the recovery of a gaming debt or a wager. Games tending to impart skill in the use of arms, feet or horses carriage races, tennis and other such games which promote skill and physical exercise are exceptions to the preceding provision.Nevertheless the Court may reject a claim if the sum involved appears excessive. In no circumstances shall the loser be allowed to recover any money paid voluntarily unless there has been fraud, deceit or false pretences on the part of the winner. A life annuity may be granted in a manner involving mutual obligations in return for a sum of money or for movable property of some value or for immovable property. It may be granted gratuitously, by gift inter vivos or by will. In such cases it shall comply with the forms required by law. In the case of the preceding article, the life annuity may be reduced if it exceeds the amount of which one is permitted to dispose; it shall be null if granted in favour of a person having no capacity to receive it. A life annuity may be granted either upon the life of the person who pays the price or upon the life of a third party who has no right to its enjoyment. It may be granted upon one or several lives. It may be granted in favour of a third party although the price is paid by one of the contracting parties.In the last case, although it is in the nature of a gift, it shall not be subject to the form required for gifts; subject to the cases of reduction and nullity laid down in article 1970. A contract of life annuity on the life of a person who was dead at the time of the contract shall have no effect. The same shall apply to a contract whereby the annuity was on the life of a person suffering from an illness from which he died during the twenty days following the date of the contract. A life annuity may be granted at whatever rate the contracting parties choose to fix. The person in whose favour the life annuity for value is granted, may demand the rescission of the contract if the debtor does not supply the security agreed upon for its performance. The failure to pay the arrears of the annuity shall not entitle the person in whose favour it was granted to demand the return of the capital or to seize the property which he has alienated; his only right is to seize the property of his debtor, to cause a sale of such property and to obtain an order or the consent of the debtor to deduct from the proceeds of the sale a sufficient sum for the payment of arrears due. The debtor of the annuity shall not be released from the payment of the annuity either by offering to return the capital or by renouncing his claim to retain the payments already made; he shall be bound to service the annuity during the whole life of the person or persons on whose life the annuity was granted, whatever the length of the life of such persons and however onerous the service of the annuity may have become. A life annuity shall only be due to the person entitled to the extent of the number of days that the person on whose life it has been granted is alive.Nevertheless, if it is agreed that it will be paid in advance, the period for which the full payment is due to the creditor shall run as from the day on which it should have been made. A term that a life annuity may not be seized shall be void unless the life annuity was granted gratuitously. [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule] The person entitled to a life annuity shall only demand payment of it if he establishes his existence or that of the person on whose life the annuity was granted. Agency or power of attorney is an act whereby a person called the principal gives to another called the agent or proxy the power to do something for him and in his name.The contract is made by the acceptance of the agent. A power of attorney may be given by a notarial document or by a document under private signature or even by a letter. It may also be given orally; but oral evidence of it is only admissible in accordance with the Title Contracts and Agreements in General.The acceptance of the agency may be implied and may result from the acts done by the agent thereunder. Agency is a gratuitous contract unless there is evidence to the contrary. It is either special and for one case or certain cases only, or general covering all the cases of the principal. The power of attorney couched in general terms only covers acts of administration.If it relates to a sale or mortgage or some other act of ownership the power must be expressly granted. The agent shall do nothing beyond the terms of his agency: his power to compromise does not include the power to submit to arbitration. Emancipated minors may be appointed agents; but the principal shall have no action against the agent who is a minor except in accordance with the general rules relating to the obligations of minors. The agent shall be under an obligation to give effect to the agency agreement for as long as he remains bound by it; and he shall be liable for damages which may arise from his failure to perform.He shall be likewise bound to complete any act which he had begun at the death of the principal if there is any risk of damage through delay. The agent shall be liable not only for fraud but also for negligence in the course of his management. Every agent shall be held to render account of his management and to deliver and pay to the principal all that he has received by virtue of his power of attorney, even though what he receives is not owed to the principal. The agent shall be answerable for any person whom he has put in his place in charge of management: 1st when he has no authority to substitute another; 2nd when such authority is vested in him without reference to a specified person and the person he has selected was well known to be lacking in ability or was insolvent. When several persons with powers to act as agents are appointed by the same instrument, there shall be no joint and several liability except to the extent so provided. The agent shall be bound to pay interest on any sums of the principal which he has used for himself as from the date on which he first uses such sums; he shall also be bound to pay any sums the balance of which he holds as from the day he receives formal notice to pay. The agent who has given sufficient notice to the person with whom he contracts of the extent of his authority shall not be bound by any warranty for anything done beyond such authority, unless he binds himself in a personal capacity. The principal shall refund to the agent any payments and costs incurred by the agent in the performance of the contract of agency. He shall also pay him his salary, if any was promised.If no fault can be imputed to the agent, the principal shall not be exempted from making a refund or payment, even if the venture is not successful, nor shall he reduce the amount of costs and payments on the ground that these could have been lower. The principal shall also indemnify the agent for any loss which he has incurred in the course of the agency and which cannot be attributed to the agent's negligence. Interest on any payments made by the agent shall be due to him by the principal. The interest shall run as from the day when such payments were actually made. When several persons have appointed an agent for a common venture, each one of them shall be jointly and severally liable towards the principal for all the consequences of the agency. Agency shall be terminated:By the revocation of the agent;By his resignation from the agency;By the death, interdiction or insolvency either of the principal or of the agent. A notice of revocation communicated to the agent alone shall not affect third parties who have contracted with the agent in ignorance of such revocation, but the principal shall not be deprived of his right of action against the agent. The appointment of a new agent for the same venture shall have the effect of a revocation of the previous agent as from the day on which the previous agent was notified of the subsequent appointment. The agent may renounce the agency by giving due notice to the principal. Nevertheless if such renunciation causes damage to the principal, the agent shall indemnify him unless the agent is unable to carry on with the agency agreement without himself sustaining considerable loss. If the agent is unaware of the death of the principal or of any of the other grounds which terminate the agency, anything that the agent may have done in ignorance thereof shall be valid.In that case, the obligations undertaken by the agent shall be performed with regard to any third parties who are in good faith. A third party that has treated with an agent whose authority has been withdrawn shall not be penalised if it was reasonable, in the special circumstances of the case, for such party to assume that the agent had acted with the authority of the principal. However, in such a case the Court need only make such an award as it considers equitable. In the case of death of the agent his heirs must give notice to the principal and in the meantime must see to anything which is required by the circumstances in the interest of the principal. A person who acts as surety undertakes towards the creditor the duty to perform his obligation if the debtor himself fails to do so. Suretyship can only be given to secure a valid obligation.It is nevertheless possible to answer as surety for an obligation even if it may be annulled by the debtor on a plea which is purely personal to him: for example in case of minority. Suretyship shall not be contracted for the sum which exceeds the sum due by the principal debtor nor shall it contain more onerous conditions.It may be contracted in relation to part of the debt only and under less onerous conditions.The suretyship which exceeds the debt or which contains more onerous conditions shall not be null: however, it shall be scaled down in such a way as to correspond with the principal obligation. It is possible for a person to become surety without a request from the principal debtor and even without his knowledge.It is also possible for a person to become surety not only of the principal debtor but also of the surety of such debtor. Suretyship shall never be presumed: it must be expressly given and cannot be extended beyond the limits within which it was contracted. A general suretyship of a principal obligation extends to all its accessory parts, even to the costs of the principal action and to all the costs incurred subsequent to the notice of such action given to the surety. The obligations of suretyship shall pass to the heirs, with the exception of the liability of imprisonment for debt, if the contract provides for such transmission. The debtor who is bound to provide surety must provide a person who has legal capacity to enter into a contract, who has sufficient property to secure the performance of the principal obligation, and whose permanent residence is in the district in which the surety is to be given. The solvency of a surety shall only be determined by reference to immovable property except in commercial matters or when the debt is small.No account shall be taken of immovable property which is subject to litigation or which is too distant to make seizure practicable. When the surety accepted by the creditor, conventional or judicial, becomes subsequently insolvent, another must be provided.This rules shall only be excluded in the case in which the surety is given by virtue of an agreement whereby the creditor insists on a certain person to stand as surety. The surety shall only be bound to pay the creditor if there is default of the debtor, but the debtor's property must have previously been seized unless the surety has waived the benefit of seizure or unless he has bound himself jointly and severally with the debtor, in which case the liability of the surety shall be governed by the principles laid down for joint and several debts. The creditor shall only be bound to seize the property of the principal debtor if the surety demands it when proceedings are started against him. The surety who demands the seizure must indicate to the creditor the property of the principal debtor and make adequate funds available to effect the seizure.He is not expected to indicate the property of the debtor found outside the jurisdiction of the Court where payment must be made or any property subject to litigation or such property as was mortgaged to secure the debt which is no longer in the possession of the debtor. In all cases in which the surety has indicated the property authorised for seizure by the previous article and has supplied adequate funds to effect the seizure the creditor shall be liable to the surety to the extent of the value of the property indicated for the insolvency of the principal debtor caused through the failure to initiate proceedings. When several persons act as sureties of the same debtor for the same debt each of them shall be bound for the whole amount of the debt. Nevertheless each one of them may, unless he has waived the benefit of division, require the creditor to split up his action and reduce it to the part and share of each surety.If, when one of the sureties has caused a division to be made, some were insolvent, that surety shall be bound to pay its share of these insolvencies; but he shall no longer be liable for any insolvencies subsequent to the division. If the creditor has on his own accord voluntarily divided his action, he shall not be allowed to ignore this division even if before he agreed to it some of the sureties had been insolvent. The surety that has paid up shall have a right of action against the principal debtor, whether the suretyship was contracted with or without the knowledge of the debtorThis right of action shall be exercised for the principal as well as for the interest and costs; nevertheless the surety shall only claim the costs that he incurred after serving notice to the principal debtor of the proceedings started against him.He shall also have a right to claim damages as appropriate. The surety that has discharged the debt shall be subrogated in all the rights of the creditor against the debtor. When there is plurality of principal debtors jointly and severally bound to the same debt, the surety which has answered for them all shall have the right to recover the whole sum paid against each one of them. The surety that pays the debt shall have no right of action against a principal debtor who repeats the payment owing to the surety's failure to notify him, but he may sue the creditor to recover the money paid.When the surety pays without being constrained by an action and without notifying the principal debtor he shall have no right of action against him if at the moment of payment that debtor has legal grounds to declare the debt discharged; but he may sue the creditor to recover the money paid. The surety may, even before paying the debt, sue the debtor in order that he may be indemnified: When several persons have stood surety for the same debtor and the same debt, the surety who discharges the debt shall have a right to sue each of the other sureties for their part and share;But this right shall only be available when the surety pays under one of the cases listed in the preceding article. The obligations that arise from suretyship are extinguished on the same grounds as other obligations. The merger which occurs between the principal debtor and the surety when one becomes the heir of the other shall not extinguish the action of the creditor against the person who stood surety of such surety. The surety may plead against the creditor all the exceptions to which the principal debtor is entitled and which arise from the nature of the debt.But he may not plead the exceptions which are purely personal to the debtor. The surety shall be discharged when subrogation in the rights, mortgages and privileges of the creditor can no longer, owing to an act of the creditor, operate in favour of the surety. The voluntary acceptance by the creditor of an immovable or of any other asset whatever in payment of the principal debt shall discharge the surety even if the creditor is evicted from it. The mere extension of time granted by the creditor to the principal debtor shall not discharge the surety who may, in this case, sue the debtor in order to compel him to pay. Whenever a person is bound by law or by an order of the Court to supply a surety, the surety offered must satisfy the conditions laid down in articles 2018 and 2019.In the case of judicial suretyship the surety shall further be liable to imprisonment for debt. A person who cannot find a surety shall be permitted to offer instead an adequate pledge or a floating charge. A judicial surety may not demand the seizure of the property of the principal debtor. A person who has simply stood as surety for a judicial surety, may not demand the seizure of the property either of the principal debtor or of the surety. The compromise of civil liability arising from a criminal offence shall be permitted.The compromise shall not bar any criminal proceedings by the Attorney-General. It shall be permitted to add a penal clause to a compromise in case of failure to implement it. A compromise shall extend to its subject-matter; the waiver made of all rights, actions and claims shall only extend to matters relating to the compromise, however general the meaning of its expressed or implied terms. A compromise shall only settle matters included therein whether the parties have manifested their intention by special or general expressions or whether such expressions are necessarily implied. A person who comprises a right belonging to him on his own account and later obtains a similar right from another person shall not be bound, with regard to the later right, by the previously concluded compromise. The compromise concluded by one of the interested parties shall not bind the other parties nor shall it be pleaded against them. A compromise may be rescinded when there is an error as to the persons or as to the subject-matter of the dispute.It may be also annulled for fraud or duress. A compromise may also be rescinded when it relates to a void title, unless the parties have expressly taken the contingency of nullity into account. The compromise based upon documents which were subsequently found to be false shall be completely null. A compromise of litigation which has ended in a final judgment of which the parties to the compromise or one of them were unaware shall be null.If the judgment which was unknown to a party or parties was subject to an appeal, the compromise shall be valid. When the parties have made a general compromise with regard to all matters outstanding amongst them, documents which were at that time unknown and which are subsequently discovered shall not provide a ground for rescission unless one of the parties had failed to produce them;But the compromise shall be null if it relates to a matter with respect to which newly discovered documents establish that one of the parties had no legal right whatever. An error of calculation in a compromise shall be rectified.[Please note: numbering as in original.] [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule] [repealed by Imprisonment for Debt Act] [repealed by Imprisonment for Debt Act] [repealed by Imprisonment for Debt Act] [repealed by Imprisonment for Debt Act] [repealed by Imprisonment for Debt Act] [repealed by Imprisonment for Debt Act] [repealed by Imprisonment for Debt Act] [repealed by Imprisonment for Debt Act] [repealed by Imprisonment for Debt Act] [repealed by Imprisonment for Debt Act] [repealed by Imprisonment for Debt Act] A pledge of a movable thing is called a pawn. A pledge of immovable property is called antichresis. A pawn confers upon a creditor the right to receive payment from the sale of it by ranking by way of a privilege and priority before other creditors. This privilege shall apply to valid pledges as follows: A pawn may be given by a third party on behalf of the debtor. The creditor may not in default of payment dispose of the property pawned: except that the Court may order that the property pawned may be kept by way of payment to the extent that its value, as calculated by experts, corresponds to the debt; or the Court may order that the pawn be sold at an auction.A clause which authorises a creditor to appropriate the pawn or to dispose of it without following the procedure referred to above shall be null; however this paragraph shall not affect the sale of a pawn as provided in paragraph 2 of article 2074; The debtor shall remain owner of the pawn until he has been judicially deprived of it. Until such occurrence, the pawn in the hands of the creditor shall merely be a deposit of security ensuring his privilege over it. The creditor shall be answerable, in accordance with the provisions laid down in the Title Contracts and Agreements in General, for the loss or deterioration of the pawn which occurs through his negligence.On his side, the debtor shall refund to the creditor the appropriate and necessary costs which he incurs for the presentation of the pawn. If the pawn consists of a claim and such claim bears interest, the creditor shall set off the interest towards any other interest which may be due to him.If the debt for the security of which the claim has been pawned bears no interest, the set-off shall operate towards the capital due. The debtor shall not, unless the holder of the pawn makes an improper use of it, claim its restitution until he has entirely discharged the principal, interest and costs of the debt for the security of which the pawn has been delivered.If the same debtor owes to the same creditor another debt contracted subsequently to the delivery of the pawn, and if the later debt becomes due before the discharge of the first debt, the creditor shall not be compelled to deliver the pawn before both debts are completely discharged, even in the absence of an agreement to retain the pawn as security for the later debt. A pawn shall not be delivered notwithstanding the possibility of a split-up of the debt towards the heirs of the debtor or those of the creditor.The heir of the debtor who has discharged his part of the debt may not demand the restitution of his part of the pawn as long as the debt has not been completely discharged.Equally, the heir of the creditor who has received his part of the debt shall not deliver the pawn to the detriment of those of his co-heirs who have not been paid. The provisions referred to above shall not apply either to commercial matters or to authorised pawnshops which are governed by special laws and regulations. An antichresis shall be made in writing.The creditor only acquires by the contract the right to collect the income of the immovable property which he shall set off every year against the interest due and, if there is a surplus, against the capital. The creditor is bound, unless otherwise agreed, to pay the annual contributions and charges relating to the immovable property the income of which has been assigned to him under a contract of antichresis.He is also bound, and his duty may be enforced by an action for damages, to provide for the maintenance and for the appropriate and necessary repairs of the immovable property, subject to his right to deduct from the income the costs he may have incurred for these purposes. The debtor may not, before the complete discharge of the debt, claim the enjoyment of the immovable property the income of which has been assigned under the antichresis.But the creditor who wants to avoid the duties stated in the previous article may, unless he has renounced that right, compel the debtor to resume the enjoyment of his immovable property. The creditor shall not become owner of a building simply because the debtor has failed to pay at the agreed time; any provision to the contrary shall be null; if the debtor fails to pay, the creditor may bring legal proceedings for a declaration that the debtor's right of ownership has lapsed. When the parties have stipulated that the income shall be set off against the whole or part of the interest, such agreement shall be performed as any other which is not prohibited by law. A floating charge as defined in article 2071 paragraph 2 shall require an authentic document for its validity. Such charge shall be registered as provided by paragraphs 6 and 7 of article 2074, insofar as they apply. In particular, references to a full description and delivery shall have no application to a floating charge. It is of the essence of the floating charge that it shall remain dormant until the debtor becomes insolvent or until the person in whose favour the charge operates intervenes. In that event the charge shall crystallise. When a floating charge crystallises, the Court shall decide at its discretion whether any, and if so what, assets of the property of the debtor shall be sold or whether, in addition to the sale or in lieu of it, a receiver shall be appointed. Such receiver shall be bound by such instructions, orders or rules as the Court in the exercise of its unfettered discretion may make, vary or determine. Whoever personally incurs an obligation shall be answerable with all his movable and immovable property, present or future, for its performance. The property of the debtor shall be used as common security for his creditors; the proceeds of such property shall be distributed amongst them in proportion to their debts, unless there are amongst such creditors lawful grounds of priority. Lawful grounds of priority are privileges and mortgages. A privilege is a right which the nature of the claim confers upon a creditor to enjoy a priority over other creditors, even those whose debts are secured by a mortgage. Amongst creditors entitled to a privilege the priority is settled in accordance with the class of privilege applicable. The creditors entitled to a privilege of the same class shall be paid in proportion to the amount of their claims. The privileges in favour of the Republic and the order in which they are enforced are governed by such laws as are enacted from time to time.The Republic, however, shall not acquire a privilege to the detriment of rights previously vested in third parties. Privileges may exist in relation to both movable and immovable property. Privileges are either general upon all movable property, or particular upon certain movable property only. Rights to a privilege upon all movable property generally are stated below in the following order of priority: The claims which carry privilege upon certain movables are the following: The creditor entitled to a privilege shall be: The privileges over movable and immovable property shall be those referred to in article 2101. As among creditors, privileges shall not be enforced with regard to an immovable unless they have been registered in the Office of the Registrar-General in the manner provided by law; they shall have effect as from the date of such registration except in the cases referred to below. Exempt from registration are the claims specified in article 2101. The co-heir shall retain his privilege upon the property held by a fiduciary or sold by licitation for the payment of the share due to him; the inscription must be made by him within sixty days from the registration by the fiduciary of the property in his name or from the date of the licitation; during this time no mortgage shall be granted upon the property subject to the claims or sold by licitation to the prejudice of a person entitled to a share; subject to article 2103 paragraph 3. Architects, contractors, masons and other workmen employed to build, reconstruct or repair buildings, canals or other works and those who have lent money to pay them and reimburse them, provided that the use for such purposes can be proved, shall retain their privileges by the double inscription made: The creditors and legatees who are entitled to a share of the inheritance of the deceased, as provided under the Title Succession, shall retain with regard to the creditors of the heirs or other representatives of the deceased their privileges upon immovable property held by the fiduciary, provided that the inscription upon each immovable has been entered within six months from the opening of the succession. For such inscription the deed giving rise to the privilege or mortgages shall not be required.Before the end of that period no mortgage shall be granted binding such property by the heirs or representatives to the detriment of the creditors or legatees; subject to paragraph 3 of article 2103. The assignees of these claims carrying a privilege shall exercise the same rights as those of the assignors and in their place and stead. All claims carrying a privilege which are subject to a requirement of inscription and as to which the conditions described above for the purpose of retaining the privilege are not satisfied, shall not cease to be treated as mortgages; but such mortgages shall only rank in relation to third parties from the date when the inscription is made, as explained hereafter. [Note: There was no numbered paragraph 1 in the 1991 Ed.] A mortgage is a real right upon immovable property intended to secure the discharge of an obligation.By its nature, it cannot be divided; it burdens the immovables so charged in their entirety and each one and each part of them.It follows property into whatever hands it may pass. A mortgage can only be created in the cases and in accordance with the forms established by law. A mortgage is created by law or by agreement. A legal mortgage is created by law.A conventional mortgage is the result of agreement. Only the following property may be mortgaged: Movable property cannot be subject to a mortgage. Nothing in the present Code shall affect the provisions of shipping or air law relating to ships, sea vessels and aircraft. The rights and claims which a legal mortgage secures shall be:Those of minors and interdicted persons upon the property of their guardians;Those of the Republic and public bodies upon the property of receivers and civil servants whose duty extends to accounting. A creditor who is entitled to a legal mortgage may enforce his right upon the whole of the immovable property of his debtor, and upon those which the debtor may subsequently acquire, subject to the restrictions hereinafter expressed. [repealed by Mortgage and Registration Act section 16] Conventional mortgages may only be granted by persons having capacity to alienate the immovable property which it is intended to charge. Persons who have a right to immovable property subject to a condition precedent or, in certain cases, subsequent, or a right which is subject to rescission, may only grant mortgages upon it subject to the same conditions or the same rescission. However, a mortgage agreed to by all the co-owners of immovable property shall remain valid notwithstanding the outcome of the licitation or division. The property of minors, interdicted persons and of absentees (so long as the Court has only put a person in temporary possession of such absent person's property) may not be subject to a mortgage except in the case and forms established by law or else by virtue of a judgment of the Court. Contracts concluded in a foreign country shall not be capable of creating a mortgage upon property in Seychelles unless provisions to the contrary are established by law or by a treaty. However, if the available property of a debtor is insufficient for the security of the claim, he may admit this insufficiency and consent that any property he may subsequently acquire shall be used as security in the order of acquisition. Likewise, if an immovable or immovables actually owned and which are burdened with a mortgage perish or suffer deterioration of a kind that renders them insufficient for the security of the creditor the latter may either claim reimbursement forthwith or obtain an additional mortgage. A conventional mortgage shall only be valid if the sum for which it has been granted is certain and fixed in the document of the grant; if the claim arising from the obligation is subject to a condition not yet fulfilled or of uncertain value the creditor shall only be allowed to make the inscription hereafter mentioned to the extent of the estimated value of the claim as expressly declared by the creditor; subject to a reduction to be claimed by the debtor if appropriate. A mortgage granted extends to all the improvements made to the property mortgaged. As between creditors, a mortgage whether legal or conventional shall only rank from the inscription made by the creditor in the register of the Registrar-General, in the manner and form provided by law, except in the cases referred to in the following articles. Minors under guardianship shall be entitled to their legal mortgages as provided under this Code. They shall be inscribed for a determined sum and shall rank only from the dates of their inscriptions. The inscription of the minor's legal mortgage shall be taken by a notary appointed by the Court on account of such minor and for a sum to be determined by the said Court. It shall specify the immovable property or properties of the guardian which such mortgage shall affect. The inscription shall be made within six clear days from the decision of the Court. No guardian shall be entitled to receive or take possession of or dispose of moneys or any property whatsoever belonging to the minor or to give a legal discharge for the same on account or on behalf of such minor in any manner whatever, except as hereinafter enacted, until the minor's legal mortgage is inscribed. A certificate issued by the notary appointed under article 2136 and certified by the Registrar of the Court which made the appointment shall be evidence before all Courts in Seychelles that the guardian has power to receive moneys and otherwise to act as guardian according to the laws of Seychelles. The guardian shall be lawfully entitled to compel the payment into the registry of the Supreme Court of all moneys or claims which he cannot as yet lawfully receive and he shall also make or cause to be made all conservatory acts which it may be necessary to make or cause to be made in order to secure the minor's rights of whatsoever nature and shall have the power to appear in and defend all actions and suits, real and personal, brought against the minor.Provided that any debtor indebted to a minor may pay the amount of this debt into the Registry of the Supreme Court when there is no guardian lawfully entitled to receive the same.And every debtor making such payment shall be lawfully discharged of his debt and entitled to obtain an order from a Judge in chambers ordering the erasure of any inscription or mortgage or privileged securing the claim so paid. Should the guardian subsequently become the owner of immovable property or should the security given under the preceding article lapse, it shall be the duty of the guardian to apply to the Court for the purposes mentioned in article 2135 and 2136 or for the purpose of deciding upon the security to be furnished by the guardian.Any friend of the minor or the Attorney-General shall also have the right to apply to the Court. If the Court is satisfied that the minor has no immovable or movable property it shall declare that no inscription or mortgage shall be taken, and such declaration shall be evidence before all Courts that the guardian has power to act as such according to the laws of Seychelles, but it shall be the duty of the guardian, under the penalties hereinafter enacted, to apply to the Court for the purposes mentioned in article 2135 and 2136 should the minor at any time during his minority acquire property to be administered by the guardian, provided always that no such inscription of mortgages shall be required when the property owned or acquired by the minor shall not exceed the sum or value of five thousand Rupees. All persons whose duty it shall be to take an inscription of legal mortgage on behalf of a minor or to cause it to be taken shall be jointly and severally liable in damages to the minor should the inscription of mortgage not be taken at all or not be taken when it should have been taken. All the provisions of this Code regulating the legal mortgages of minors, the rights, duties, and liabilities of the Judge, guardians, sub-guardians and others, shall have the same force and shall be applied equally in the case of interdicted persons whose interdiction shall begin after the promulgation of this Code. [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule 1] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule 1] All creditors whose mortgages were inscribed on the same date shall rank equally; no distinction shall be made between an inscription entered into in the morning and one entered into in the evening, even if this difference in time was noted by the Registrar. [repealed by Mortgage and Registration Act section 49(1). Cap. 134] [repealed by Mortgage and Registration Act section 49(1). Cap. 134] [repealed by Mortgage and Registration Act section 49(1). Cap. 134] The creditor whose mortgage is inscribed as security for a claim relating to capital and interest or arrears shall be entitled to be placed in respect of arrears of interest for two years only and for the current year, in the same preference as for the capital; this shall not prejudice any particular inscription valid as from its own date relating to a mortgage granted as security for arrears other than those secured by the first inscription. [repealed by Mortgage and Registration Act section 49(1). Cap. 134] [repealed by Mortgage and Registration Act section 49(1). Cap. 134] The inscription taken on behalf of minors and interdicted persons need not be renewed during minority or whilst the interdiction is in force. Such inscriptions must, however, be renewed within one year after the cessation of the minority or the interdiction. Otherwise their effect shall cease. The costs of inscription shall burden the debtor unless the agreement provides otherwise; the person making the inscription shall pay the money except in the case of legal mortgages for the inscription of which the Registrar-General can proceed against the debtor. If the seller pays the costs of the inscription made he shall be able to recover them from the buyer. The rights of action against the creditors which may arise from the inscription shall be exercised before a Court having jurisdiction by a summons served upon them personally or at their last place of residence entered by them into the Register, even though the creditor or the person whose house was chosen as the place of service is dead. Inscriptions are erased by the consent of an interested party having capacity to do so or by virtue of a final judgment against which no further appeal lies or in accordance with paragraph 3 of article 2103 of this Code. In both cases, the persons applying for the erasure shall file with the Registrar-General the officially certified copy of the authentic document containing the consent of the parties or the judgment of the Court. [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule] The erasure must be ordered by the Court when the inscription has been made without a legal ground or without a lawful title, or when it has been made on the strength of an irregular title, extinguished or discharged, or when the rights of privilege or mortgage have been extinguished by operation of law. Whenever the inscriptions made by a creditor who by operation of law would be entitled to enforce the debt upon the present or future property of the debtor without any limit, cover more properties than necessary for the security of his claims, an action to reduce the inscriptions or to erase the excess shall be available to the debtor.The provisions of the present article shall not apply to conventional mortgages. The inscriptions which cover several properties shall be deemed excessive when the value of one or several of them exceeds by more than one third the amount of claims in capital and other accessory claims of a legal nature. Inscriptions which were made after an estimate by the creditor may also be reduced as excessive if they relate to claims which, insofar as the mortgages to be granted for the security are concerned, were not settled by agreement and which by their nature are conditional, contingent or indefinite. The excess in that case is, in the last resort, a matter for the Court to decide according to the circumstances, the likelihood of events and the presumptions of fact, in such a manner as to reconcile the probable rights of the creditor with the debtor's interest to retain sufficient credit; this shall not prejudice any new inscriptions of mortgages which shall have effect from the date of inscription, when circumstances have increased the amount of the uncertain claims. The valuation of immovable property ordered by article 2164 of this Code for determining the amount to be deducted when the inscriptions are excessive shall be made by arbitrators selected by the parties; if not so selected, by those appointed by the Court. Creditors who have inscribed a privilege or a mortgage upon immovable property shall follow it into whatever hands it may pass; they shall rank and be satisfied in accordance with their claims or inscriptions. If a third party holding the property does not comply with the forms established hereinafter for the purpose of freeing the property, he shall be bound as holder, by the mere fact of the inscription, to all the mortgage debts but can take advantage of the terms and time limits granted to the original debtor. A third party holder of property shall also be bound either to pay all the interest and capital due whatever the amount or to surrender the property subject to the mortgage without any reservation. Failure of the third party holding the property to discharge fully any of his obligations shall entitle each one of the mortgagees to have the property sold thirty days after a notice demanding payment has been served upon the original debtor, and after service of a notice upon the third party holding the property requiring him to discharge the debt due or to surrender the property. Nevertheless, the third party holder of the property who is not personally liable for the debt may bar the sale of the mortgaged property which has been transferred to him if there is in the hands of the principal debtor or debtors other immovable property subject to a mortgage for the same debt; he may require the creditor first to seize such property in accordance with the provisions of the Title Suretyship: while the seizure in proceeded with, he shall have the benefit of a postponement of the sale of the property. The plea of seizure may not be set up against a creditor entitled to a privilege or having a specific mortgage upon the property. All third party holders who are not personally liable for the debt and who have capacity to transfer the property may surrender it to the creditors. The same rule shall apply if a third party holder of the property acknowledges the obligation or has been condemned by a Court only in his capacity as holder; the surrender shall not, until the judicial sale of the property, be a bar to the third party holder recovering the property by discharging the whole debt and cost. The surrender by reason of a mortgage shall be made at the Registry of the Supreme Court; and a certificate of surrender shall be delivered by that Court.On the application of the most diligent of the interested parties, a curator of the surrendered property shall be appointed against whom proceedings may be taken in accordance with the forms laid down for judicial sales. Dilapidations to the detriment of mortgagees or persons entitled to a privilege which result from the negligence of a third party holder of the property shall give rise to an action for damages against him; but he shall not be entitled to any costs incurred or improvements except to the extent of the increased value of the property which is the result of such improvement. The income from the mortgaged property shall only be due by the third party holder as from the day of notice to pay or surrender, and if the legal proceedings begun have been abandoned for three years as from the date of the new notice served. The easements and other real rights which the third party holder enjoyed upon the immovable property before he obtained possession of it shall revive after the surrender or after the judicial sale.His personal creditors shall enforce their rights or mortgages according to their rank upon the property which has been subject to a surrender or a judicial sale, but after those who had made inscriptions of mortgages against previous owners. The third party holder who has discharged the debt secured by the mortgage or who has abandoned the mortgaged property or has been subject to a judicial sale thereof shall be entitled to a legal remedy giving him all the guarantees which the law provides against the principal debtor. The third party holder who want to free his property by paying the price shall comply with the forms which are laid down in Chapter VIII of this Title. Privileges and mortgages shall be extinguished: The prescription shall run in favour of the debtor, with regard to the property in his possession, by the lapse of time required for the prescription of actions for the enforcement of a mortgage or a privilege.With regard to property held by a third party, he shall acquire by prescription through the lapse of time required for the acquisition of ownership by him; in the case in which prescription is based upon presumption of title, it shall only begin to run from the day of transcription in the register of the Registrar-General.The inscription made by a creditor shall not interrupt the running of the prescription period established by law in favour of a debtor or in favour of a third party who holds the property. Contracts transferring ownership of immovable property or real rights upon such property which third parties holding the property want to redeem from the privileges and mortgages shall be transcribed in full by the Registrar-General.This transcription shall be made upon a register specifically provided; the Registrar-General shall be bound to issue a certificate to the applicant. The transcription of documents of title transferring ownership on the register of the Registrar-General shall not redeem, on its own, the mortgages and privileges which burden the property.The seller can only convey to the buyer the right of property and other rights that he himself has on the property sold; he conveys them subject to the same privileges and mortgages which burdened them previously. [repealed by Immovable Property (Judicial Sales) Act section 238. Cap. 94] [repealed by Immovable Property (Judicial Sales) Act section 238. Cap. 94] [repealed by Immovable Property (Judicial Sales) Act section 238. Cap. 94] [repealed by Immovable Property (Judicial Sales) Act section 238. Cap. 94] [repealed by Immovable Property (Judicial Sales) Act section 238. Cap. 94] [repealed by Immovable Property (Judicial Sales) Act section 238. Cap. 94] [repealed by Immovable Property (Judicial Sales) Act section 238. Cap. 94] [repealed by Immovable Property (Judicial Sales) Act section 238. Cap. 94] [repealed by Immovable Property (Judicial Sales) Act section 238. Cap. 94] [repealed by Immovable Property (Judicial Sales) Act section 238. Cap. 94] [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule. Cap. 33] [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule. Cap. 33] [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth chedule. Cap. 33] The Registrar-General shall be bound to deliver to all those who apply for them copies of the documents transcribed in his register and copies of the existing inscriptions, or a certificate that none exists. He shall be liable for any damage arising: The property in respect of which the Registrar-General has in his certificate omitted to refer to one or more inscriptions shall remain subject to the liability of the Registrar-General, unencumbered in the hands of the new possessor, provided that the latter has applied for a certificate since the transcription of his document of title; this shall not prejudice, however, the right of creditors to rank in the order of their entitlement so long as the price has not yet been paid by the buyer or so long as the order of priority amongst creditors has not been judicially confirmed. In no circumstance shall the Registrar-General refuse or delay under penalties of damages (to the parties) the transcription of documents of conveyance, the inscription of mortgage rights or the delivery of certificates which have been applied for; to this effect reports of a refusal or delay shall be drawn forthwith at the request of the applicants, either by the Registrar of the Supreme Court or by an usher or notary in the presence of two witnesses. Nevertheless, the Registrar-General shall be bound to keep a register upon which he shall inscribe, day by day and in numerical order, the delivery made to him of any documents of transfer for the purpose of transcription, or of any memoranda for the purpose of inscription; he shall deliver to the applicant an acknowledgement which shall refer to the number of the entry in the register in which the delivery was recorded and he shall transcribe any documents of transfer; and he shall inscribe any memoranda in the appropriate registers only in accordance with the date and in the order in which they were delivered.[*Note to 1991 Ed: See section 32 of the Mortgage and Registration Act (Cap 134).] The registers shall be closed every day in the same manner as those kept for the registration of documents.[*Note to 1991 Ed: See section 32 of the Mortgage and Registration Act (Cap 134).] The Registrar-General shall be bound to comply, in the course of his employment, with all the provisions of this Chapter under penalty of any fine prescribed by law; this rule shall apply without prejudice to any damages payable to the parties which shall be paid before the fine. [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule. Cap. 33] The creditor may start proceedings for the compulsory sale: [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule. Cap. 33] The immovable property of a minor, even if emancipated, or of an interdicted person shall not be sold before the seizure of his movable property except with the consent of the Court. The seizure of movable property shall not be a prerequisite of the compulsory sale of the immovable property of a person of full age or a person of full age who has subsequently become interdicted. [repealed by Status of Married Women Act, Schedule I. Cap. 231] The separate immovable properties belonging to the same debtor shall only be seized successively unless they are worked together as one estate or unless they have been specially mortgaged for the security of one debt. No second or subsequent seizure shall take place unless the price of the first sale has not been sufficient to pay the claims of the seizing creditor. When several immovable properties belonging to the same owner or co-owners are ordered to be sold before the Judge they shall be sold in separate lots under one and the same memorandum of charges. If the debtor can establish by an authentic tenancy agreement that the net and available yearly income from his immovable property is sufficient for the payment of the debt, principal, interest and costs included, and if he offers to assign such income to the creditor, proceedings may be stayed by the Court but may be continued if there is any opposition or obstacle to the payment. Proceedings for the compulsory sale of immovable property shall only be pursued if there is an authentic document of title for a debt which is certain and definite. If the debt is for an unliquidated sum, the proceedings may continue but the compulsory sale may only be made when the amount of the debt has been ascertained. The assignee of an authentic document of title shall not start proceedings for a compulsory sale until after notice of the assignment is served upon the debtor. Proceedings may begin on the basis, interim or otherwise, of a judgment notwithstanding an appeal; but the compulsory sale shall only take place after a final judgment against which there is no further appeal.Proceedings shall not be initiated on foot of a judgment by default during the time in which such judgment may be reversed. Proceedings shall not be dismissed on the ground that the creditor has sued for a larger sum than the sum due to him. All proceedings for the compulsory sale of immovable property shall be commenced by a summons to pay issued at the suit and the request of the creditor and served upon the debtor in person by an usher of the Court.The form of the issue of a summons and of the proceedings for a compulsory sale shall be regulated by such laws as are from time to time enacted. The order of the apportionment of the proceeds of the sale of immovable property and the manner of proceedings are regulated by special laws. The right of prescription shall not be waived in advance; however, a right of prescription already acquired may be waived. The waive of a right of prescription may be express or implied; an implied waiver arises from an act which presumes the abandonment of an acquired right. A person who cannot transfer property cannot waive an acquired right of prescription. The Court cannot, on its own, take judicial notice of prescription in respect of a claim. A right of prescription may be pleaded at all stages of legal proceedings, even on appeal, unless the party who has not pleaded it can be presumed to have waived it. Creditors as well as all persons having a lawful interest in acquiring a right of prescription may plead it, even if the debtor or owner waives it. There shall be no right of prescription in respect of things which cannot be the subject of commercial dealings. The Republic and public bodies shall be bound by the same rules of prescription as private persons and may likewise plead prescription. In order to acquire by prescription, possession must be continuous and uninterrupted, peaceful, public, unequivocal and by a person acting in the capacity of an owner. A person shall be presumed to possess for himself as owner unless it is proved that he possesses on behalf of another. When a person begins to possess on behalf of another, he shall always be presumed to possess on the same basis unless there is proof to the contrary. Purely optional acts or acts which are merely permitted shall not give rise to possession or prescription. Acts tainted by duress shall not give rise to possession leading to prescription.Effective possession shall only begin when the duress has ceased. The present possessor who proves that he has previously had possession shall be presumed to have held possession of the intervening period, unless there is proof to the contrary. In order to complete prescription, it shall be possible for a person to add to his period of possession that of the person from whom he has derived his title, whether the title was general or particular or whether gratuitous or for value. Those who possess on behalf of another shall not acquire by prescription however long they may be in possession.Thus the tenant-farmer, the lessee, the depositary, the usufructuary and all the others who hold the property of the owner for a temporary period shall not be entitled to prescription. The heir of deceased persons who hold property in any of the capacities listed in the preceding article shall not be entitled to prescription. Nevertheless, the persons listed in article 2236 and 2237 may be entitled to prescription if the title of their possession changes either through an act of a third party or through acts which are incompatible with the rights of the owner. Persons to whom tenant-farmers, depositaries and other temporary holders have transferred the property by a document transferring ownership shall be entitled to prescription. No-one shall be entitled to prescription if he holds a contrary title, in the sense that one may not change on his own the ground and nature of his possession. No-one shall be entitled to prescription if he holds a contrary title, in the sense that prescription shall not release one from the obligation that he has contracted. Prescription may be interrupted either naturally or by a legal act. A natural interruption occurs when the possessor is deprived for longer than a year of the enjoyment of the thing through the actions of the former owner or even through the action of a third party. A writ or summons or a seizure served upon a person in the process of acquiring by prescription shall have the effect of a legal interruption of such prescription. [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule] A writ or summons to appear before a Court, even if that Court has no jurisdiction, shall interrupt the prescription. If the proceedings are dismissed owing to a formal defect,If the plaintiff withdraws his claims,If he allows the proceedings to lapse,Or if his claim is rejected,The interruption shall be deemed not to have occurred. The prescription shall also be interrupted by an acknowledgement by a debtor or a possessor of the right of the person against whom the prescription was running. Proceedings started, or an acknowledgement made in accordance with the above articles, against any one of joint and several debtors shall interrupt the prescription against all, even against their heirs.Proceedings started against one of the heirs of a joint and several debtor, or the acknowledgement of such heir, shall not interrupt prescription as regards the other co-heirs, even if the claim is secured by a mortgage, unless the debt is indivisible.Such proceedings or acknowledgement shall not interrupt prescription as regards the other co-debtors except to the extent of the share for which the heir is liable.To effect an interruption for the whole debt, that is with regard to the other co-debtors, the proceedings must be directed against all the heirs of the deceased debtor or there must be acknowledgement of all these heirs. Proceedings started against the principal debtor or the acknowledgement of the debtor shall interrupt the prescription against the surety. Prescription shall run against any person provided that he does not come under any exception established by law. Prescription shall only run against minors or interdicted persons if, for a minor within two years of reaching majority and for the interdicted person within the two years from the removal of the disability, they or their representatives exercise their rights over the property subject to prescription. Provided that in no circumstances shall the period of prescription exceed twenty years including the period of suspension. Prescription shall not run between spouses. [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] [repealed by Status of Married Women Act. Schedule I] The prescription shall not run:With regard to a claim which is subject to a condition, until that condition is fulfilled;With regard to an action for warranty, until the eviction has been effected;With regard to a claim maturing on a fixed date, until such date arrives. Prescription shall not run against an heir accepting under a benefit of inventory with regard to the claims he has against the inheritance.It shall run against a vacant inheritance, even if no curator has been appointed. It shall also run during the three months in which an inventory is made and during the forty days allowed for reflection. Prescription shall be calculated on the basis of days not hours. Rights by prescription shall be acquired when the last day of the period has ended. All real actions in respect of rights of ownership of land or other interests therein shall be barred by prescription after twenty years whether the party claiming the benefit of such prescription can produce a title or not and whether such party is in good faith or not. Within two years prior to the expiry of the period by which the right to an annuity may be barred by prescription, the debtor may be compelled to furnish at his expense a new title to his creditor or to those entitled under him. The rules of prescription in matters other than those mentioned in this Title are those mentioned in the particular Titles relating to such matters. If the party claiming the benefit of such prescription produces a title which has been acquired for value and in good faith, the period of prescription of article 2262 shall be reduced to ten years. [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule] A title which is null because of a defect of form shall not serve as the basis for the prescription of ten years. Good faith shall always be presumed. The person who makes an allegation of bad faith shall be required to prove it. It is sufficient that the good faith existed at the moment of acquisition of the property. Architects, contractors and other persons bound to the owner of the property by a contract for services shall be discharged from their warranty for work done or directed after five years. This Title (relating to prescription) shall be applicable to and binding upon private parties and the Republic in like manner.All amendments or modifications of the laws which regulate prescription or limitation of whatever nature are and shall hereafter be, unless the contrary is expressly provided in any law, equally applicable to and binding upon the Republic and private parties. [repealed by Civil Code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule] Prescription, as established by the provisions of this Title, shall run even if supplies, deliveries, services and works continue. It shall cease to run only when there is an account stated or a writ of execution or legal proceedings still pending. Nevertheless, persons who stand to lose by the operation of prescription may demand that those who stand to gain by it swear an oath on the question whether the thing has in fact been paid for.The oath may be demanded of widows, and of heirs of their guardians if the heirs are under age, with a view to securing an admission as to whether they are aware or not that the thing is still due. [repealed by Civil code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule. Cap. 33] [repealed by Civil code of Seychelles Act, 1975, Fourth Schedule. Cap. 33] Prescription as established by this Title shall run against minors as well as adults under guardianship; but such persons shall have a remedy against their guardians. With regard to movables, possession in good faith establishes a presumption of ownership.Nevertheless, a person who has lost something or whose goods were stolen may vindicate these during a period of five years from the date of the loss or the theft against any person in whose hands the goods are found; but the latter shall have a remedy against the person from whom he obtained them. If the present possessor of goods stolen or lost has bought the same at a fair or market or at a public sale, or from a trader dealing in similar goods, the original owner may not obtain the return of his property unless he pays back to the possessor the price that the latter paid for them. Nothing contained in this Title shall revive any right of action barred by prescription at the date when this Code comes into operation.Any right of action which has not been barred by prescription at the date on which this Code comes into operation shall be barred by prescription at the earlier of the following two dates, namely— These have been given effect to in the various enactment amended and therefore.[Note: This sentence is incomplete in the 1991 Ed.]
These have been given effect to. Book I: Art. 361, 362, 363, 364, 365, 366, 367, 368, 369, 370, 377, 378, 379, 380, 381, 382, 393, 403, 404, 405, 406, 407, 408, 409, 410, 411, 412, 413, 414, 415, 416, 423, 424, 425, 426, 431, 432, 438, 440, 441, 446, 449, 455, 458, 465, 466, 467, 483, 484, 485, 486 and 515.Book II: Art. 542, 561, 642, 643 and 710.Book III: Art. 721, 722, 747, 754, 768, 806, 836, 837, 838, 839, 840, 841, 842, 874, 875,876, 883, 884, 885, 886, 897, 993, 996, 1004, 1005, 1006, 1008, 1030, 1031, 1054, 1263, 1429, 1430, 1648, 1668, 1669, 1670, 1671, 1672, 1685, 1982, 2059, 2159, 2193, 2194, 2195, 2203, 2205, 2245, 2266, 2273, 2276, and 2277.
1. Short title
2. Interpretation
3. Commencement of Civil Code of Seychelles
4. Civil Code of the French to cease to have effect
5. Text to be deemed original version
6. Previous amendments etc. of existing Code not affected
7. Saving of existing laws altering existing Code except inconsistencies
8. Act to prevail
9. Construction
10. Transitional, amendments and repeals
First Schedule (Section 2)
The Civil Code of Seychelles 1975
Preliminary title - The promulgation, effect and application of law
Article 1
Article 2
Article 3
Article 4
Article 5
Article 6
Book I -Persons
Title I - The enjoyment and loss of civil rights
Chapter I
The enjoyment of civil rightsArticle 7
Article 8
Article 9
Article 10
Article 11
Article 12
Article 13
Article 14
Article 15
Article 16
Chapter II
The loss of civil rightsArticle 17
Article 18
Article 19
Article 20
Article 21
Article 22
Article 23
Article 24
Article 25
Article 26
Article 27
Article 28
Article 29
Article 30
Article 31
Article 32
Article 33
Title II - Acts of civil status
Article 34
Article 35
Article 36
Article 37
Article 38
Article 39
Article 40
Article 41
Article 42
Article 43
Article 44
Article 45
Article 46
Article 47
Article 48
Article 49
Article 50
Article 51
Article 52
Article 53
Article 54
Article 55
Article 56
Article 57
Article 58
Article 59
Article 60
Article 61
Article 62
Article 63
Article 64
Article 65
Article 66
Article 67
Article 68
Article 69
Article 70
Article 71
Article 72
Article 73
Article 74
Article 75
Article 76
Article 77
Article 78
Article 79
Article 80
Article 81
Article 82
Article 83
Article 84
Article 85
Article 86
Article 87
Article 88
Article 89
Article 90
Article 91
Article 92
Article 93
Article 94
Article 95
Article 96
Article 97
Article 98
Article 99
Article 100
Article 101
Title III - Residence
Article 102
Article 103
Article 104
Article 105
Article 106
Article 107
Article 108
Article 109
Article 110
Article 111
Title IV - Absentees
Chapter I
The presumption of absenceArticle 112
Article 113
Article 114
Chapter II
The declaration of absenceArticle 115
Article 116
Article 117
Article 118
Article 119
Chapter III
The effect of absenceSection I - The Effect of absence in relation to property in the possession of the absentee at the time of his disappearance
Article 120
Article 121
Article 122
Article 123
Article 124
Article 125
Article 126
Article 127
Article 128
Article 129
Article 130
Article 131
Article 132
Article 133
Article 134
Section II - The effect of absence upon the contingent rights which may accrue to the absentee
Article 135
Article 136
Article 137
Article 138
Section III - The effect of absence upon marriage
Article 139
Article 140
Chapter IV
The custody of minor children of an absentee fatherArticle 141
Article 142
Article 143
Title V - Marriage
Chapter I
Conditions required to contract marriageArticle 144
Article 145
Article 146
Article 147
Article 148
Article 149
Article 150
Article 151
Article 152
Article 153
Article 154
Article 155
Article 156
Article 157
Article 158
Article 159
Article 160
Article 161
Article 162
Article 163
Article 164
Chapter II
Forms relating to the celebration of marriageArticle 165
Article 166
Article 167
Article 168
Article 169
Article 170
Article 171
Chapter III
Objections to marriageArticle 172
Article 173
Article 174
Article 175
Article 176
Article 177
Article 178
Article 179
Chapter IV
Actions for nullity of marriageArticle 180
Article 181
Article 182
Article 183
Article 184
Article 185
Article 186
Article 187
Article 188
Article 189
Article 190
Article 191
Article 192
Article 193
Article 194
Article 195
Article 196
Article 197
Article 198
Article 199
Article 200
Article 201
Article 202
Chapter V
The obligations arising from marriageArticle 203
Article 204
Article 205
Article 206
Article 207
Article 208
Article 209
Article 210
Article 211
Chapter VI
The respective rights and duties of the spousesArticle 212
Article 213
Article 214
Article 215
Article 216
Article 217
Article 218
Article 219
Article 220
Article 221
Article 222
Article 223
Article 224
Article 225
Article 226
Chapter VII
The dissolution of marriageArticle 227
Chapter VIII
Second marriagesArticle 228
Title VI - Divorce
Article 229
Article 230
Article 311
Title VII - Paternity and descent
Chapter I
The descent of legitimate children born in wedlockArticle 312
Article 313
Article 314
Article 315
Article 316
Article 317
Article 318
Chapter II
Proof of descent of legitimate childrenArticle 319
Article 320
Article 321
Article 322
Article 323
Article 324
Article 325
Article 326
Article 327
Article 329
Article 329
Article 330
Chapter III
Illegitimate childrenSection I - The legitimation of illegitimate children
Article 331
Article 332
Article 333
Section II - The recognition of illegitimate children and proof of their descent
Article 334
Article 335
Article 336
Article 337
Article 338
Article 339
Article 340
Article 341
Article 342
Title VIII - Adoption
Article 343
Article 344
Article 345
Article 346
Article 347
Article 348
Article 349
Article 350
Article 351
Article 352
Article 353
Article 354
Article 355
Article 356
Article 357
Article 358
Article 359
Article 360
Article 361
Article 362
Article 363
Article 364
Article 365
Article 366
Article 367
Article 368
Article 369
Article 370
Title IX - Parental authority in relation to the child and his property
Article 371
Article 372
Article 373
Article 374
Article 375
Article 376
Article 377
Article 378
Article 379
Article 380
Article 381
Article 382
Article 383
Article 384
Article 385
Article 386
Article 387
Title X - Minority, guardianship and emancipation
Chapter I
MinorityArticle 388
Chapter II
GuardianshipSection I - The guardianship of the parents
Article 389
Article 390
Article 391
Article 392
Article 393
Article 394
Article 395
Article 396
Section II - The guardianship conferred upon third
Article 397
Article 398
Article 399
Article 400
Article 401
Section III - The judicial appointment of a guardian
Article 402
Article 403
Article 404
Section IV - The functions of a guardian
Article 405
Article 416
Article 417
Article 418
Article 419
Section V - The sub-guardian
Article 420
Article 421
Article 422
Article 423
Article 424
Article 425
Article 426
Section VI - Exemption from guardianship
Article 427
Article 428
Article 429
Article 430
Article 431
Article 432
Article 433
Article 434
Article 435
Article 436
Article 437
Article 438
Article 439
Article 440
Article 441
Section VII - Incapacity, exclusion and removal from guardianship
Article 442
Article 443
Article 444
Article 445
Article 446
Article 447
Article 448
Article 449
Section VIII - The administration of guardians
Article 450
Article 451
Article 452
Article 453
Article 454
Article 455
Article 456
Article 457
Article 458
Article 459
Article 460
Article 461
Article 462
Article 463
Article 464
Article 465
Article 466
Article 467
Article 468
Section IX - Accounting procedure for guardians
Article 469
Article 470
Article 471
Article 472
Article 473
Article 474
Article 475
Chapter III
EmancipationArticle 476
Article 477
Article 478
Article 479
Article 480
Article 481
Article 482
Article 483
Article 484
Article 485
Article 486
Article 487
Title XI - Majority, interdiction and the protection of some persons of full age
Chapter I
General provisionsArticle 488
Chapter II
InterdictionArticle 489
Article 490
Article 491
Article 492
Article 493
Article 494
Article 495
Article 496
Article 497
Article 498
Article 498-1
Article 499
Article 500
Article 501
Article 502
Article 503
Article 504
Article 505
Article 506
Article 507
Article 508
Article 509
Article 510
Article 511
Article 512
Chapter III
CuratorshipArticle 513
Article 514
Article 515
Book II - Property and the different kinds of ownership
Title I - The different kinds of property
Article 516
Chapter I
Immovable propertyArticle 517
Article 518
Article 519
Article 520
Article 521
Article 522
Article 523
Article 524
Article 525
Article 526
Chapter II
Movable propertyArticle 227
Article 528
Article 529
Article 530
Article 531
Article 532
Article 533
Article 534
Article 535
Article 536
Chapter III
Property in relation to its ownersArticle 537
Article 538
Article 539
Article 540
Article 541
Article 542
Article 543
Title II - Ownership
Article 544
Article 545
Article 546
Chapter I
The right of accession with regard to the produce of a thingArticle 547
Article 548
Article 549
Article 550
Chapter II
The rights of accession upon a thing which becomes united or incorporated with anotherArticle 551
Section I - The rights of accession in respect of immovable property
Article 552
Article 553
Article 554
Article 555
Article 556
Article 557
Article 558
Article 559
Article 560
Article 561
Article 562
Article 563
Article 564
Section II - The rights of accession of movable property
Article 564
Article 566
Article 567
Article 568
Article 569
Article 570
Article 571
Article 572
Article 573
Article 574
Article 575
Article 576
Article 577
Title III - Usufruct, use and habitation
Chapter I
UsufructArticle 578
Article 579
Article 580
Article 581
Section I - The Rights of the usufructuary
Article 582
Article 583
Article 584
Article 585
Article 586
Article 587
Article 588
Article 589
Article 590
Article 591
Article 592
Article 593
Article 594
Article 595
Article 596
Article 597
Article 598
Article 599
Section II - The duties of the usufructuary
Article 600
Article 601
Article 602
Article 603
Article 604
Article 605
Article 606
Article 607
Article 608
Article 609
Article 610
Article 611
Article 612
Article 613
Article 614
Article 615
Article 616
Section III - The termination of the usufruct
Article 617
Article 618
Article 619
Article 620
Article 621
Article 622
Article 623
Article 624
Chapter II
Use and habitationArticle 625
Article 626
Article 627
Article 628
Article 629
Article 630
Article 631
Article 632
Article 633
Article 634
Article 635
Article 636
Title IV - Easements, or real rights over land, other than ownership
Article 637
Article 638
Article 639
Chapter I
Easements which arise from the position of landArticle 640
Article 641
Article 642
Article 643
Article 644
Article 645
Article 646
Article 647
Article 648
Chapter II
Easements established by law
Article 650
Article 651
Article 652
Section I - Partition walls and ditches
Article 653
Article 654
Article 655
Article 556
Article 657
Article 658
Article 659
Article 660
Article 661
Article 662
Article 663
Article 664
Article 665
Article 666
Article 667
Article 668
Article 669
Article 670
Article 671
Article 672
Article 673
Section II - The distance and intermediary works required for certain structures
Article 674
Section III - The right to lights over neigbouring property
Article 675
Article 676
Article 677
Article 678
Article 679
Article 680
Section IV - Eaves and drains
Article 681
Section V - The right of way
Article 682
Article 683
Article 684
Article 685
Chapter III
Easements created by the act of manSection I - Various kinds of easements which can be created over property
Article 686
Article 687
Article 688
Article 689
Section II - The creation of easements
Article 690
Article 691
Article 692
Article 693
Article 694
Article 695
Article 696
Section III - The rights of the owner of the dominant tenement
Article 697
Article 698
Article 699
Article 700
Article 701
Article 702
Section IV - The extinction of easements
Article 703
Article 704
Article 705
Article 706
Article 707
Article 708
Article 709
Article 710
Book III - Various ways of acquisition of ownership general provisions
Article 711
Article 712
Article 713
Article 714
Article 715
Article 716
Article 717
Title I - Succession
Chapter I
The opening of succession and the seisin of heirsArticle 718
Article 719
Article 720
Article 721
Article 722
Article 723
Article 724
Chapter II
The qualifications required to inheritArticle 725
Article 726
Article 727
Article 728
Article 729
Article 730
Chapter III
The various orders of successionSection I - General provisions
Article 731
Article 732
Article 733
Article 734
Article 735
Article 736
Article 737
Article 738
Section II - Representation
Article 739
Article 740
Article 741
Article 742
Article 743
Article 744
Section III - Succession devolving upon descendants
Article 745
Section IV - Succession devolving upon ascendants
Article 746
Article 747
Article 748
Article 749
Section V - Collateral succession
Article 750
Article 751
Article 752
Article 573
Article 754
Article 755
Chapter IV
Irregular successionSection I - The Rights of natural children to the property of their father and mother, and the succession of natural children who have died without issue
Article 756
Article 757
Article 758
Article 759
Article 760
Article 761
Article 762
Article 763
Article 763-1
Article 764
Article 765
Section II - The rights of the surviving spouse
Article 766
Article 767
Article 768
Section III - The rights of the Republic (S.I. 72/1976)
Article 769
Article 770
Article 771
Article 772
Article 773
Chapter V
The acceptance and repudiation of successionSection I - Acceptance
Article 774
Article 775
Article 776
Article 777
Article 778
Article 779
Article 780
Article 781
Article 782
Article 783
Section II - The renunciation of succession to movable property
Article 784
Article 785
Article 786
Article 787
Article 788
Article 789
Article 790
Article 791
Article 792
Section III - The benefit of inventory, its effects and the obligations of the heirs entitled to it
Article 793
Article 794
Article 795
Article 796
Article 797
Article 798
Article 799
Article 800
Article 801
Article 802
Article 803
Article 804
Article 805
Article 806
Article 807
Article 808
Article 809
Article 810
Section IV - Vacant successions
Article 811
Article 812
Article 813
Article 814
Chapter VI
Co-ownership and returnsSection I - The consequences of co-ownership
Article 815
Article 816
Article 817
Article 818
Article 819
Article 820
Article 821
Article 822
Article 823
Section II - The fiduciary fund
Article 824
Section III - The functions and powers of the fiduciary
Article 825
Article 826
Article 827
Article 828
Article 829
Article 830
Article 831
Article 832
Article 833
Article 834
Article 835
Article 836
Article 837
Article 838
Article 839
Article 840
Article 841
Article 842
Section IV - Returns
Article 843
Article 844
Article 845
Article 846
Article 847
Article 848
Article 849
Article 850
Article 851
Article 852
Article 853
Article 854
Article 855
Article 856
Article 857
Article 858
Article 859
Article 860
Article 861
Article 862
Article 863
Article 864
Article 865
Article 866
Article 867
Article 868
Article 869
Section V - Payment of debts
Article 870
Article 871
Article 872
Article 873
Article 874
Article 875
Article 876
Article 877
Article 878
Article 879
Article 880
Article 881
Article 882
Section VI
Article 883
Article 884
Article 885
Article 886
Section VII – Rescission in matters of partition of movables
Article 887
Article 888
Article 889
Article 890
Article 891
Article 892
Title II - Gifts inter vivos and wills
Chapter I
General provisionsArticle 893
Article 894
Article 895
Article 896
Article 897
Article 898
Article 899
Article 900
Chapter II
The capacity to give or to receive by gift inter vivos or by willArticle 901
Article 902
Article 903
Article 904
Article 905
Article 906
Article 907
Article 908
Article – 908 - 1
Article – 908 - 2
Article 909
Article 910
Article 911
Article 912
Chapter III
The disposable portion and reductionSection I - The portion of disposable property
Article 913
Article 914
Article – 915 - 1
Article – 915 - 2
Article – 915 - 3
Article 916
Article 917
Article 918
Article 919
Section II - The reduction of gifts and legacies
Article 920
Article 921
Article 922
Article 923
Article 924
Article 925
Article 926
Article 927
Article 928
Article 929
Article 930
Chapter IV
Gifts inter vivos
Section I - The form of gifts inter vivos
Article 931
Article 932
Article 933
Article 934
Article 935
Article 936
Article 937
Article 938
Article 939
Article 940
Article 941
Article 942
Article 943
Article 944
Article 945
Article 946
Article 947
Article 948
Article 949
Article 950
Article 951
Article 952
Section II - Exceptions of the rule of irrevocability of gift inter vivos
Article 953
Article 954
Article 955
Article 956
Article 957
Article 958
Article 959
Article 960
Article 961
Article 962
Article 963
Article 964
Article 965
Article 966
Chapter V
Dispositions by willSection I - General rules relating to the forms of wills
Article 967
Article 968
Article 969
Article 970
Article 971
Article 972
Article 973
Article 974
Article 975
Article 976
Article 977
Article 978
Article 979
Article 980
Section II - Particular rules relating to the forms of certain wills
Article 981
Article 982
Article 983
Article 984
Article 985
Article 986
Article 987
Article 988
Article 989
Article 990
Article 991
Article 992
Article 993
Article 994
Article 995
Article 996
Article 997
Article 998
Article 999
Article 1000
Article 1001
Section III - The appointment of heirs and legacies in general
Article 1002
Section IV - Universal legacies
Article 1003
Article 1004
Article 1005
Article 1006
Article 1007
Article 1008
Article 1009
Section V - Legacies by universal title
Article 1010
Article 1011
Article 1012
Article 1013
Section VI - Particular legacies
Article 1014
Article 1015
Article 1016
Article 1017
Article 1018
Article 1019
Article 1020
Article 1021
Article 1022
Article 1023
Article 1024
Section VII - Executors
Article 1025
Article 1026
Article 1027
Article 1028
Article 1029
Article 1030
Article 1031
Article 1032
Article 1033
Article 1034
Section VIII - Revocation and nullity of wills
Article 1035
Article 1036
Article 1037
Article 1038
Article 1039
Article 1040
Article 1041
Article 1042
Article 1043
Article 1044
Article 1045
Article 1046
Article 1047
Chapter VI
Dispositions permitted in favour of the grandchildren of the donor or testator or of children of his brothers and sistersArticle 1048
Article 1049
Article 1050
Article 1051
Article 1052
Article 1053
Article 1054
Article 1055
Article 1056
Article 1057
Article 1058
Article 1059
Article 1060
Article 1061
Article 1062
Article 1063
Article 1064
Article 1065
Article 1066
Article 1067
Article 1068
Article 1069
Article 1070
Article 1071
Article 1072
Article 1073
Article 1074
Chapter VII
Partition made by a person among his heirs and legateesArticle 1075
Article 1076
Article 1077
Article 1078
Article 1079
Article 1080
Chapter VIII
Gifts made by an antenuptial marriage settlement in favour of the spouses and of the children of the marriageArticle 1081
Article 1082
Article 1083
Article 1084
Article 1085
Article 1086
Article 1087
Article 1088
Article 1089
Article 1090
Chapter IX
Dispositions between spouses, either by an antenuptial marriage settlement or during marriageArticle 1091
Article 1092
Article 1093
Article 1094
Article – 1094 - 1
Article 1095
Article 1096
Article 1097
Article 1098
Article 1099
Article – 1099 - 1
Article 1100
Title III - Contracts and agreements in general
Chapter I
Preliminary provisionsArticle 1101
Article 1102
Article 1103
Article 1104
Article 1105
Article 1106
Article 1107
Chapter II
Essential conditions for the validity of contractsArticle 1108
Section I - Consent
Article 1109
Article 1109-1
Article 1109-2
Article 1110
Article 1111
Article 1112
Article 1113
Article 1113-1
Article 1114
Article 1115
Article 1116
Article 1117
Article 1118
Article 1119
Article 1120
Article 1121
Article 1122
Section II - The Capacity to make a contract
Article 1123
Article 1124
Article 1125
Section III - The object and the subject-matter of contracts
Article 1126
Article 1127
Article 1128
Article 1129
Article 1130
Section IV - Public policy
Article 1131
Article 1132
Article 1133
Chapter III
The effect of obligationsSection I - General provisions
Article 1134
Article 1135
Section II - The obligation to give
Article 1136
Article 1137
Article 1138
Article 1139
Article 1140
Section III - The obligation to perform or not to perform
Article 1142
Article 1143
Article 1144
Article 1145
Section IV - Damages arising from the failure to perform the obligation
Article 1146
Article 1147
Article 1148
Article 1149
Article 1150
Article 1151
Article 1152
Article 1153
Article 1154
Article 1155
Section V - The interpretation of contracts
Article 1156
Article 1157
Article 1158
Article 1159
Article 1160
Article 1161
Article 1162
Article 1163
Article 1164
Section VI - The effect of obligations towards third parties
Article 1165
Article 1166
Article 1167
Chapter IV
Different kinds of obligationsSection I - Conditional obligations
1. The condition in general and its various types
Article 1168
Article 1169
Article 1170
Article 1171
Article 1172
Article 1173
Article 1174
Article 1175
Article 1176
Article 1177
Article 1178
Article 1179
Article 1180
2. The condition precedent
Article 1181
Article 1182
3. The condition subsequent
Article 1183
Article 1184
Section II -Time or forward obligations
Article 1185
Article – 1185 - 1
Article – 1185 - 2
Article – 1185 - 3
Article 1186
Article 1187
Article 1188
Section III - Alternative obligations
Article 1189
Article 1190
Article 1191
Article 1192
Article 1193
Article 1194
Article 1195
Article 1196
Section IV - Joint and several obligations
1. The joint and several liability of creditors
Article 1197
Article 1198
Article 1199
2. The joint and several liability of debtors
Article 1200
Article 1201
Article 1202
Article 1203
Article 1204
Article 1205
Article 1206
Article 1207
Article 1208
Article 1209
Article 1210
Article 1211
Article 1212
Article 1213
Article 1214
Article 1215
Article 1216
Section V - Divisible and indivisible obligations
Article 1217
Article 1218
Article 1219
1. The effects of divisible obligations
Article 1220
Article 1221
2. The effects of indivisible obligations
Article 1222
Article 1223
Article 1224
Article 1225
Section VI - Obligation with penal clauses
Article 1226
Article 1227
Article 1228
Article 1229
Article 1230
Article 1231
Article 1232
Article 1233
Chapter V
The discharge of obligationsArticle 1234
Section I - Payment
1. Payment in general
Article 1235
Article 1236
Article 1237
Article 1238
Article 1239
Article 1240
Article 1241
Article 1242
Article 1243
Article 1244
Article 1245
Article 1246
Article 1247
Article – 1247 - 1
Article – 1247 - 2
Article – 1247 - 3
Article 1248
2. Payment with subrogation
Article 1249
Article 1250
Article 1251
Article 1252
3. The appropriation of payments
Article 1253
Article 1254
Article 1255
Article 1256
4. Tenders of payment and deposit
Article 1257
Article 1258
Article 1259
Article 1260
Article 1261
Article 1262
Article 1263
Article 1264
5. Assignment of assets
Article 1265
Article 1266
Article 1267
Article 1268
Article 1269
Article 1270
Section II - Novation
Article 1271
Article 1272
Article 1273
Article 1274
Article 1275
Article 1276
Article 1277
Article 1278
Article 1279
Article 1280
Article 1281
Section III – The release from debts
Article 1282
Article 1283
Article 1284
Article 1285
Article 1286
Article 1287
Article 1288
Section IV - Set-off
Article 1289
Article 1290
Article 1291
Article 1292
Article 1293
Article 1294
Article 1295
Article 1296
Article 1297
Article 1298
Article 1299
Section V - Merger
Article 1300
Article 1301
Section VI - The loss of the thing due
Article 1302
Article 1303
Section VII - The action for nullity or rescission of contracts
Article 1304
Article 1305
Article 1306
Article 1307
Article 1308
Article 1309
Article 1310
Article 1311
Article 1312
Article 1313
Article 1314
Chapter VI
Proof of obligations and of paymentArticle 1315
Article 1316
Section I - Written evidence
1. Authentic documents
Article 1317
Article 1318
Article 1319
Article 1320
Article 1321
2. Documents under private signature
Article 1322
Article 1323
Article 1324
Article 1325
Article 1326
Article 1327
Article 1328
Article 1329
Article 1330
Article 1331
Article 1332
3. Tallies
Article 1333
4. Copies of documents
Article 1334
Article 1335
Article 1336
5. Documents of acknowledgement and confirmation
Article 1337
Article 1338
Article 1339
Article 1340
Section II - Oral evidence
Article 1341
Article 1342
Article 1343
Article 1344
Article 1345
Article 1346
Article 1347
Article 1348
Section III - Presumptions
Article 1349
1. Presumptions which apply by operation of law
Article 1350
Article 1351
Article 1352
2. Presumptions which do not apply by operation of law
Article 1353
Section IV - The admission of the party
Article 1354
Article 1355
Article 1356
Section V - Oaths
Article 1357
1. Decisive oaths
Article 1358
Article 1359
Article 1360
Article 1361
Article 1362
Article 1363
Article 1364
Article 1365
2. Oaths tendered ex officio
Article 1366
Article 1367
Article 1368
Article 1369
Title IV - Obligations arising without agreement
Article 1370
Chapter I
Quasi-contracts and other sources of obligationsSection I - Quasi-contracts
Article 1371
Article 1372
Article 1373
Article 1374
Article 1375
Article 1376
Article 1377
Article 1378
Article 1379
Article 1380
Article 1381
Section II - Unjust enrichment
Article – 1381 - 1
Chapter II
Delicts and quasi-delictsArticle 1382
Article 1383
Article 1384
Article 1385
Article 1386
Title V - Antenuptial marriage settlement and matrimonial systems
Article 1387
Article 1388
Article 1389
Article 1390
Article 1391
Article 1392
Article 1393
Article 1394
Article 1395
Article 1396
Article 1397
Article 1398
Article 1399
Article 1400
Article 1401
Article 1402
Article 1403
Article 1404
Article 1405
Article 1406
Article 1407
Article 1408
Article 1409
Article 1410
Article 1411
Article 1412
Article 1413
Article 1414
Article 1415
Article 1416
Article 1417
Article 1418
Article 1419
Article 1420
Article 1421
Article 1422
Article 1423
Article 1424
Article 1425
Article 1426
Article 1427
Article 1428
Article 1429
Article 1430
Article 1431
Article 1432
Article 1433
Article 1434
Article 1435
Article 1436
Article 1437
Article 1438
Article 1439
Article 1440
Article 1441
Article 1442
Article 1443
Article 1444
Article 1445
Article 1446
Article 1447
Article 1448
Article 1449
Article 1450
Article 1451
Article 1452
Article 1453
Article 1454
Article 1455
Article 1456
Article 1457
Article 1458
Article 1459
Article 1460
Article 1461
Article 1462
Article 1463
Article 1464
Article 1465
Article 1466
Article 1467
Article 1468
Article 1469
Article 1470
Article 1471
Article 1472
Article 1473
Article 1474
Article 1475
Article 1476
Article 1477
Article 1478
Article 1479
Article 1480
Article 1481
Article 1482
Article 1483
Article 1484
Article 1485
Article 1486
Article 1487
Article 1488
Article 1489
Article 1490
Article 1491
Article 1492
Article 1493
Article 1494
Article 1495
Article 1496
Article 1497
Article 1498
Article 1499
Article 1500
Article 1501
Article 1502
Article 1503
Article 1504
Article 1505
Article 1506
Article 1507
Article 1508
Article 1509
Article 1510
Article 1511
Article 1512
Article 1513
Article 1514
Article 1515
Article 1516
Article 1517
Article 1518
Article 1519
Article 1520
Article 1521
Article 1522
Article 1523
Article 1524
Article 1525
Article 1526
Article 1527
Article 1528
Article 1529
Article 1530
Article 1531
Article 1532
Article 1533
Article 1534
Article 1535
Article 1536
Article 1537
Article 1538
Article 1539
Article 1540
Article 1541
Article 1542
Article 1543
Article 1544
Article 1545
Article 1546
Article 1547
Article 1548
Article 1549
Article 1550
Article 1551
Article 1552
Article 1553
Article 1554
Article 1555
Article 1556
Article 1557
Article 1558
Article 1559
Article 1560
Article 1561
Article 1562
Article 1563
Article 1564
Article 1565
Article 1566
Article 1567
Article 1568
Article 1569
Article 1570
Article 1571
Article 1572
Article 1573
Article 1574
Article 1575
Article 1576
Article 1577
Article 1578
Article 1579
Article 1580
Article 1581
Title VI - Sale
Chapter I
The nature and form of saleArticle 1582
Article 1583
Article 1584
Article 1585
Article 1586
Article 1587
Article 1588
Article 1589
Article 1590
Article 1591
Article 1592
Article 1593
Chapter II
The capacity to buy and sellArticle 1594
Article 1595
Article 1596
Article 1597
Chapter III
Things that may be soldArticle 1598
Article 1599
Article 1600
Article 1601
Chapter III
The sale of a future buildingArticle – 1601 - 1
Article – 1601 - 2
Article – 1601 - 3
Article – 1601 - 4
Chapter IV
The obligations of the sellerSection I - General provisions
Article 1602
Article 1603
Section II - The delivery
Article 1604
Article 1605
Article 1606
Article 1607
Article 1608
Article 1609
Article 1610
Article 1611
Article 1612
Article 1613
Article 1614
Article 1615
Article 1616
Article 1617
Article 1618
Article 1619
Article 1620
Article 1621
Article 1622
Article 1623
Article 1624
Section III - Warranties
Article 1625
1. The warranty against eviction
Article 1626
Article 1627
Article 1628
Article 1629
Article 1630
Article 1631
Article 1632
Article 1633
Article 1634
Article 1635
Article 1636
Article 1637
Article 1638
Article 1639
Article 1640
2. The warranty for defects of the property sold
Article 1641
Article 1642
Article 1643
Article 1644
Article 1645
Article 1646
Article – 1646 - 1
Article 1647
Article 1648
Article 1649
Chapter V
The obligations of the buyerArticle 1650
Article 1651
Article 1652
Article 1653
Article 1654
Article 1655
Article 1656
Article 1657
Chapter VI
Nullity and rescission of saleArticle 1658
Section I - The option to redeem
Article 1659
Article 1660
Article 1661
Article 1662
Article 1663
Article 1664
Article 1665
Article 1666
Article 1667
Article 1668
Article 1669
Article 1670
Article 1671
Article 1672
Article 1673
Section II - Rescission of sales for lesion
Article 1674
Article 1675
Article 1676
Article 1677
Article 1678
Article 1679
Article 1680
Article 1681
Article 1682
Article 1683
Article 1684
Article 1685
Chapter VII
LicitationArticle 1686
Article 1687
Article 1688
Chapter VIII
The assignment of claims and other incorporeal rightsArticle 1689
Article 1690
Article 1691
Article 1692
Article 1693
Article 1694
Article 1695
Article 1696
Article 1697
Article 1698
Article 1699
Article 1700
Article 1701
Title VII - Exchange
Article 1702
Article 1703
Article 1704
Article 1705
Article 1706
Article 1707
Title VIII - The contract of hire
Chapter I
General provisionsArticle 1708
Article 1709
Article 1710
Article 1711
Article 1712
Chapter II
Leases or hireArticle 1713
Section I - Rules common to leases of houses and agricultural leases
Article 1714
Article 1715
Article 1716
Article 1717
Article 1718
Article – 1718 - 1
Article 1719
Article 1720
Article 1721
Article 1722
Article 1723
Article 1724
Article 1725
Article 1726
Article 1727
Article 1728
Article 1729
Article 1730
Article 1731
Article 1732
Article 1733
Article 1734
Article 1735
Article 1736
Article 1737
Article 1738
Article 1739
Article 1740
Article 1741
Article 1742
Article 1743
Article 1744
Article 1745
Article 1746
Article 1747
Article 1748
Article 1749
Article 1750
Article 1751
Section II - Special rules applying to the lease of premises
Article 1752
Article 1753
Article 1754
Article 1755
Article 1756
Article 1757
Article 1758
Article 1759
Article 1760
Article 1761
Article 1762
Section III - Special rules for agricultural leases
Article 1763
Article 1764
Article 1765
Article 1766
Article 1767
Article 1768
Article 1769
Article 1770
Article 1771
Article 1772
Article 1773
Article 1774
Article 1775
Article 1776
Article 1777
Article 1778
Section IV - Building leases
Article – 1778 - 1
Article – 1778 - 2
Chapter III
The hire of work and servicesArticle 1779
Section I - The Hire of servants and workmen
Article 1780
Article 1781
Section II - Carried by land, water and air
Article 1782
Article 1783
Article 1784
Article 1785
Article 1786
Section III - Estimates and work at a fixed price
Article 1787
Article 1788
Article 1789
Article 1790
Article 1791
Article 1792
Article 1793
Article 1794
Article 1795
Article 1796
Article 1797
Article 1798
Article 1799
Chapter IV
Lease of livestockSection I - General provisions
Article 1800
Article 1801
Article 1802
Article 1803
Section II - The simple lease of livestock
Article 1804
Article 1805
Article 1806
Article 1807
Article 1808
Article 1809
Article 1810
Article 1811
Article 1812
Article 1813
Article 1814
Article 1815
Article 1816
Article 1817
Section III - The lease of livestock on the basis of half and half
Article 1818
Article 1819
Article 1820
Section IV - The lease of livestock granted by the owner to his tenant-farmer or farmer on a share basis
1. The lease of livestock granted to a tenant-farmer
Article 1821
Article 1822
Article 1823
Article 1824
Article 1825
Article 1826
2. Livestock delivered to a farmer on a share basis
Article 1827
Article 1828
Article 1829
Article 1830
Section V - The lease improperly called lease of livestock
Article 1831
Title IX - Partnership
Chapter I
General provisionsArticle 1832
Article 1833
Article 1834
Chapter II
The various kinds of partnershipsArticle 1835
Section I - Universal partnerships
Article 1836
Article 1837
Article 1838
Article 1839
Article 1840
Section II - The particular partnership
Article 1841
Article 1842
Chapter III
Obligations of partners towards one another and in respect of third partiesSection I - The obligations of partners towards one another
Article 1843
Article 1844
Article 1845
Article 1846
Article 1847
Article 1848
Article 1849
Article 1850
Article 1851
Article 1852
Article 1853
Article 1854
Article 1855
Article 1856
Article 1857
Article 1858
Article 1859
Article 1860
Article 1861
Section II - The obligations of partners towards third parties
Article 1862
Article 1863
Article 1864
Chapter IV
Different ways of terminating a partnershipArticle 1865
Article 1866
Article 1867
Article 1868
Article 1869
Article 1870
Article 1871
Article 1872
Provision relating to Commercial partnerships
Article 1873
Title X - The loan
Article 1874
Chapter I
The loan for useSection I - The nature of the loan for use
Article 1875
Article 1876
Article 1877
Article 1878
Article 1879
Section II - The rights and duties of the borrower
Article 1880
Article 1881
Article 1882
Article 1883
Article 1884
Article 1885
Article 1886
Article 1887
Section III - The rights and duties of the lender for use
Article 1888
Article 1889
Article 1890
Article 1891
Chapter II
The loan for consumption or the simple loanSection I - The nature of the loan for consumption
Article 1892
Article 1893
Article 1894
Article 1895
Article 1896
Article 1897
Section II - The obligations to the lender
Article 1898
Article 1899
Article 1900
Article 1901
Section III - The rights and duties of the borrower
Article 1902
Article 1903
Article 1904
Chapter III
The loan upon interestArticle 1905
Article 1906
Article 1907
Article 1908
Article 1909
Article 1910
Article 1911
Article 1912
Article 1913
Article 1914
Title XI - Deposit and receivership
Chapter I
The deposit in general and its various kindsArticle 1915
Article 1916
Chapter II
The deposit properly so calledSection I - The nature and essence of the contract of deposit
Article 1917
Article 1918
Article 1919
Article 1920
Section II - The voluntary deposit
Article 1921
Article 1922
Article 1923
Article 1924
Article 1925
Article 1926
Section III - The obligations of the depositary
Article 1927
Article 1928
Article 1929
Article 1930
Article 1931
Article 1932
Article 1933
Article 1934
Article 1935
Article 1936
Article 1937
Article 1938
Article 1939
Article 1940
Article 1941
Article 1942
Article 1943
Article 1944
Article 1945
Article 1946
Section IV - The obligations of the depositor
Article 1947
Article 1948
Section V - The necessary deposit
Article 1949
Article 1950
Article 1951
Article 1952
Article 1953
Article 1954
Article – 1954 - 1
Article – 1954 - 2
Article – 1954 - 3
Article – 1954 - 4
Chapter III
Deposit with a stakeholder and receivershipSection I - Different kinds of deposits
Article 1955
Section II - The deposit with a stakeholder
Article 1956
Article 1957
Article 1958
Article 1959
Article 1960
Section III - Receivership or judicial deposit
Article 1961
Article 1962
Article 1963
Title XII - Contingent contracts
Article 1964
Chapter I
Gaming and wagering contractsArticle 1965
Article 1966
Article 1967
Chapter II
The contract of life annuitySection I - Conditions required for the validity of the contract
Article 1968
Article 1969
Article 1970
Article 1971
Article 1972
Article 1973
Article 1974
Article 1975
Article 1976
Section II - The effect of the contract between the contracting parties
Article 1977
Article 1978
Article 1979
Article 1980
Article 1981
Article 1982
Article 1983
Title XIII - Agency
Chapter I
The nature and forms of agencyArticle 1984
Article 1985
Article 1986
Article 1987
Article 1988
Article 1989
Article 1990
Chapter II
The obligations of the agentArticle 1991
Article 1992
Article 1993
Article 1994
Article 1995
Article 1996
Article 1997
Chapter III
The obligations of the principalArticle 1998
Article 1999
Article 2000
Article 2001
Article 2002
Chapter IV
Different ways of terminating the agencyArticle 2003
Article 2004
Article 2005
Article 2006
Article 2007
Article 2008
Article 2009
Article 2010
Title XIV - Suretyship
Chapter I
The nature and extent of suretyshipArticle 2011
Article 2012
Article 2013
Article 2014
Article 2015
Article 2016
Article 2017
Article 2018
Article 2019
Article 2020
Chapter II
The effects of suretyshipSection I - The effects of suretyship between the creditor and the surety
Article 2021
Article 2022
Article 2023
Article 2024
Article 2025
Article 2026
Article 2027
Section II - The effects of suretyship between the debtor and the surety
Article 2028
Article 2029
Article 2030
Article 2031
Article 2032
Section III - The effect of suretyship among co-sureties
Article 2033
Chapter III
The extinction of suretyshipArticle 2034
Article 2035
Article 2036
Article 2037
Article 2038
Article 2039
Chapter IV
Legal and judicial suretyshipArticle 2040
Article 2041
Article 2042
Article 2043
Title XV - Compromise
Article 2044
Article 2045
Article 2046
Article 2047
Article 2048
Article 2049
Article 2050
Article 2051
Article 2052
Article 2053
Article 2054
Article 2055
Article 2056
Article 2057
Article 2085
Title XVI - Imprisonment for civil debt
Article 2059
Article 2060
Article 2061
Article 2062
Article 2063
Article 2064
Article 2065
Article 2066
Article 2067
Article 2068
Article 2069
Article 2070
Title XVII - Pledges and floating charges
Article 2071
Article 2072
Chapter I
PawnArticle 2073
Article 2074
Article 2075
Article 2076
Article 2077
Article 2078
Article 2079
Article 2080
Article 2081
Article 2082
Article 2083
Article 2084
Chapter II
AntichresisArticle 2085
Article 2086
Article 2087
Article 2088
Article 2089
Article 2090
Chapter III
Floating chargesArticle – 2091 - 1
Article – 2091 - 2
Article – 2091 - 3
Title XVIII - Privileges and mortgages
Chapter I
General provisionsArticle 2092
Article 2093
Article 2094
Chapter II
PrivilegesArticle 2095
Article 2096
Article 2097
Article 2098
Article 2099
Section I - Privileges upon movables
Article 2100
1. General privileges upon movables
Article 2101
2. Privileges upon certain movables
Article 2102
Section II - Special privileges upon immovables
Article 2103
Section III - Privileges upon movable and immovable property
Article 2104
Article 2105
Section IV - The retention of privileges
Article 2106
Article 2107
Article 2108
Article 2109
Article 2110
Article 2111
Article 2112
Article 2113
Chapter III
MortgageArticle 2114
Article 2115
Article 2116
Article 2117
Article 2118
Article 2119
Article 2120
Section I - Legal mortgages
Article 2121
Article 2122
Section II - Judicial mortgages
Article 2123
Section III - Conventional mortgages
Article 2124
Article 2125
Article 2126
Article 2127
Article 2128
Article 2129
Article 2130
Article 2131
Article 2132
Article 2133
Section IV - The order in which mortgages rank
Article 2134
Section V - The inscription of mortgages by guardians
Article 2135
Article 2136
Article 2137
Article 2138
Article 2139
Article 2140
Article 2141
Article 2142
Article 2143
Article – 2143 - 1
Article – 2143 - 2
Article 2144
Article 2145
Chapter IV
The inscription of privileges and mortgagesArticle 2146
Article 2147
Article 2148
Article 2149
Article 2150
Article 2151
Article 2152
Article 2153
Article 2154
Article 2155
Article 2156
Chapter V
Erasure and reduction of inscriptionsArticle 2157
Article 2158
Article 2159
Article 2160
Article 2161
Article 2162
Article 2163
Article 2164
Article 2165
Chapter VI
The effect of privileges and mortgages upon a third party holding propertyArticle 2166
Article 2167
Article 2168
Article 2169
Article 2170
Article 2171
Article 2172
Article 2173
Article 2174
Article 2175
Article 2176
Article 2177
Article 2178
Article 2179
Chapter VII
The extinction of privileges and mortgagesArticle 2180
Chapter VIII
The method of redemption of privileges and mortgagesArticle 2181
Article 2182
Article 2183
Article 2184
Article 2185
Article 2186
Article 2187
Article 2188
Article 2189
Article 2190
Article 2191
Article 2192
Chapter IX
Extinction of unregistered mortgages on the property of husbands and guardiansArticle 2193
Article 2194
Article 2195
Chapter X
The publicity of registers and the liability of the Registrar-GeneralArticle 2196
Article 2197
Article 2198
Article 2199
Article *2200
Article *2201
Article 2202
Article 2203
Title XIX - The compulsory sale of property and the order of priority among creditors
Chapter I
The compulsory sale of propertyArticle 2204
Article 2205
Article 2206
Article 2207
Article 2208
Article 2209
Article 2210
Article 2211
Article 2212
Article 2213
Article 2214
Article 2215
Article 2216
Article 2217
Chapter II
The order of priority among creditors and the apportionment of the proceedsArticle 2218
Title XX - Prescription
Chapter I
General provisionsArticle 2219
Article 2220
Article 2221
Article 2222
Article 2223
Article 2224
Article 2225
Article 2226
Article 2227
Chapter II
PossessionArticle 2228
Article 2229
Article 2230
Article 2231
Article 2232
Article 2233
Article 2234
Article 2235
Chapter III
Obstacles to prescriptionArticle 2236
Article 2237
Article 2238
Article 2239
Article 2240
Article 2241
Chapter IV
The grounds upon which prescription is interrupted or suspendedSection I - The grounds upon which prescription is interrupted
Article 2242
Article 2243
Article 2244
Article 2245
Article 2246
Article 2247
Article 2248
Article 2249
Article 2250
Section II - The grounds upon which prescription is suspended
Article 2251
Article 2252
Article 2253
Article 2254
Article 2255
Article 2256
Article 2257
Article 2258
Article 2259
Chapter V
The period of prescriptionSection I - General provisions
Article 2260
Article 2261
Section II - The prescription of twenty years
Article 2262
Article 2263
Article 2264
Section III - The prescription of ten years
Article 2265
Article 2266
Article 2267
Article 2268
Article 2269
Article 2270
Section IV - Special cases of prescription
Article 2271
Article 2272
Article 2273
Article 2274
Article 2275
Article 2276
Article 2277
Article 2278
Article 2279
Article 2280
Article 2281
Second Schedule (Section 10)
Transitional provisions
Third Schedule (Section 10)
Consequential amendments
Fourth Schedule (Section 10)
Enactments repealed
Articles of the existing Code having no equivalent in the Civil Code of Seychelles